Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Atlassian

Atlassian

team · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker team
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Atlassian
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
To our shareholders, customers, 
partners, and all Atlassians—

 · We acquired AgileCraft and rebranded it Jira Align. 

Jira Align allows enterprises to seamlessly connect the 
work of engineering and IT teams to business objectives, 
bridging Jira as the system of record of work from 
individual teams to the C-Suite.

 · We grew the Atlassian family to over 3,600 employees 
worldwide, and expanded our presence in Bengaluru, 
India, by moving into a new technology center. We are 
establishing our Bengaluru office as a world-class R&D 
and customer support center. We have already hired 
more than 200 employees locally and, over the next 
year, expect to more than double our employee base 
in Bengaluru.

Customers have always been our guiding light and our 
customers are leading us toward the Cloud. Demand for our 
Cloud products is increasing, both from new customers and 
from existing customers using our on-premises products. 
In the coming year, we will continue to focus on improving 
and expanding our Cloud offerings. We also plan to invest to 
serve larger customers in the Cloud, as well as help existing 
Server customers migrate to the Cloud.

Atlassian’s strong customer growth and financial 
performance in fiscal 2019 are a testament to the 
commitment and the talent of the people who work 
here. We are incredibly proud of all the Atlassians who 
come together each day to build great products that our 
customers love.

We’re also proud of Atlassian’s unwavering commitment 
to social good. Atlassian has committed more than 
$100 million to the Atlassian Foundation, and Atlassians 
themselves volunteered more than 50,000 hours in their 
communities this past year. The Atlassian Foundation has 
a goal of helping to prepare 10 million disadvantaged youth 
for the workforce of the future within the next 10 years.

Thank you for joining us on this journey. We couldn’t be more 
excited about the year ahead.

Scott Farquhar and Mike Cannon-Brookes 
Co-Founders and Co-Chief Executive Officers

We founded Atlassian in 2002 determined to build a 
company that both thrives and endures. So we’ve always 
operated with a long-term mindset.

For the past 17 years, Atlassian has helped unleash the 
potential of teams around the world. And we continue to 
invest with an eye towards the future. It’s this discipline 
and focus that provides us the tremendous opportunities 
we see ahead.

Our biggest opportunity lies in Atlassian’s Cloud products 
and platform. Cloud is our primary focus as we head into 
our fiscal 2020. Cloud gives us the foundation to scale and 
innovate, and is fundamental to Atlassian’s long-term goal: 
100 million monthly active users.

Reaching this goal will require time, persistence and strong 
execution, and Atlassians – as they demonstrated again this 
year – are up to the challenge. Our fiscal 2019 was another 
outstanding year: surpassing 150,000 customers, exceeding 
$1 billion in revenue for the first time in a fiscal year, and 
generating more than $400 million in free cash flow. 

Some exciting product milestones helped underpin 
these results:

 · Trello reinforced its status as the go-to collaboration tool 
in the workplace, serving more than 80% of the Fortune 
500. In Okta’s 2019 Businesses @ Work report, Trello was 
cited as the most widely adopted project management 
app at work. We added a number of new capabilities to 
improve Trello for teams and larger organizations. And 
we helped end-users more easily connect and automate 
workflows across Trello and other applications by adding 
automation directly to Trello.

 · We improved the overall user experience of our Jira 

product family by simplifying the interface for new users 
and enhancing more powerful features for advanced 
users. This combination of simplicity and power keeps 
Jira Software the industry standard for managing work in 
software teams.

 · The Atlassian Marketplace continues to play a vital role 
in satisfying the long tail of custom use cases for our 
products through thousands of add-ons and integrations 
with non-Atlassian products. In fiscal 2019, purchases of 
apps on the Marketplace exceeded $300 million.

 · We acquired Opsgenie to spearhead our growth in the 
incident management market. Opsgenie complements 
Statuspage and the Jira family, and rounds out the most 
comprehensive incident lifecycle management solution for 
the Fortune 500,000. Opsgenie has continued its strong 
momentum since joining the Atlassian family. In the second 
half of fiscal 2019, Opsgenie more than doubled its pace of 
paid user additions from a year ago.

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One) 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OR 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 

OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

OR 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number 001-37651

Atlassian Corporation Plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Exchange House
Primrose Street
London EC2A 2EG
c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
415.701.1110
(Address of principal executive offices)

Stuart Fagin
Deputy General Counsel
Atlassian Corporation Plc
Exchange House
Primrose Street
London EC2A 2EG
c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP
415.701.1110
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Class A Ordinary Shares

 Trading Symbol

TEAM

Name of each exchange on which registered

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: Class B Ordinary Shares

No 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
As of June 30, 2019, 118,184,933 Class A Ordinary Shares and 124,722,559 Class B Ordinary Shares 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.  Yes 
Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations 
under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.   Yes 

No 

No 

 No 

 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large 
accelerated filer, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. : 

   Accelerated filer 

   Non-accelerated filer   

   Emerging growth company 

Large accelerated filer 
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended 
transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 
†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after 
April 5, 2012. 
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP 
Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes 

 International Financial Reporting 

 Item 18 

 Other 

No 

 
ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I
Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

Item 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 9.  THE OFFER AND LISTING

Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

PART II
Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS

Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Item 16.  RESERVED

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS.

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Item 16D.  EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED
PURCHASERS

Item 16F.  CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Item 16G.  CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Item 16H.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
SIGNATURES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4

4

5

5

5

5

34

43

44

61

74

79

79

80

86

87

88

88

88

88

88

88

89

89

89

89

89

90

90

90

90

90
91

93

F-1

3

 
INTRODUCTION

All references in this annual report to “Atlassian” or the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to 

Atlassian Corporation Plc and its subsidiaries.

Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. All references in this annual report to “$,” 

“U.S. $,” “U.S. dollars” and “dollars” mean U.S. dollars, unless otherwise noted.  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which 
statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events 
or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because 
they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” 
“contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other 
similar terms or expressions that articulate our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements 
contained in this annual report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•  Our future financial performance, including our revenues, cost of revenues, gross profit or gross margin and 

operating expenses; 

•  The sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs; 

•  Our ability to increase the number of customers using our software; 

•  Our ability to attract and retain customers to use our products and solutions; 

•  Our ability to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products; 

•  Our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets; 

•  Our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses; 

•  Our ability to prevent security breaches and unauthorized access to customer data; 

•  Our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property; 

•  Our ability to grow our cloud offerings; 

•  Our future growth and profitability; 

•  Our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including privacy 

and data security regulations; 

•  Our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

•  Future acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary companies, products, services or technologies.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this annual 

report.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-
looking statements contained in this annual report primarily on our current expectations and projections about future 
events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 
The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other 
factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive 
and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us 
to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this 
annual report. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved 
or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking 
statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events as of the date on which the 
statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this annual report 
to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect new information or the occurrence 
of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations 
disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

4

 
  
Our  forward-looking  statements  do  not  reflect  the  potential  impact  of  any  future  acquisitions,  mergers, 

dispositions, or investments.

PART I

Item 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS 

 Not applicable.

Item 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

Item 3. KEY INFORMATION

A. Selected Financial Data 

The following tables summarize our selected consolidated financial and other data. We prepare our consolidated 
financial  statements in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  which  includes  all 
standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and related interpretations issued by the 
IFRS Interpretations Committee. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended 
June  30,  2019,  2018  and  2017  and  the  consolidated summary  of  financial  position data  as  of  June  30,  2019  and 
2018 from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  annual  report. The  selected 
statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 and the consolidated statements of 
financial  position  data  as  of  June  30,  2017,  2016  and  2015  are  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements that are not included in this annual report. The selected summary data for the years ended June 30, 2019, 
2018 and 2017 reflects the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“IFRS 15”). See Note 2, 
“Summary of significant accounting policies”, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more details. 
The selected summary data for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 does not reflect the adoption of IFRS 15. 
You  should  read  the  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  in  conjunction  with  “Item  4.  Information  on  the 
Company” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.

5

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

Revenues:

Subscription
Maintenance
Perpetual license
Other

Total revenues
Cost of revenues (1) (2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1) (2)
Marketing and sales (1) (2)
General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses
Operating loss

Other non-operating expense, net
Finance income
Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net (loss) income
Net (loss) income per share attributable to ordinary
shareholders:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$ 633,950 $ 410,694 $ 249,823 $ 146,659 $ 85,891
160,373
57,373
15,884
319,521
52,932
266,589

394,526
93,593
88,058
1,210,127
210,285
999,842

326,511
83,171
60,602
880,978
172,690
708,288

264,453
74,058
38,350
626,684
119,161
507,523

218,848
65,487
26,064
457,058
75,783
381,275

579,134
268,356
215,714
1,063,204
(63,362)
(535,453)
33,500
(40,241)
(605,556)
(32,065)

415,776
187,315
151,242
754,333
(46,045)
(15,157)
9,877
(6,806)
(58,131)
(55,301)
$ (637,621) $(113,432) $ (37,449) $

310,169
134,404
118,784
563,357
(55,834)
(1,342)
4,851
(75)
(52,400)
14,951

208,306
93,391
85,458
387,155
(5,880)
(1,072)
2,116
(71)
(4,907)
9,280
4,373 $

140,853
67,989
56,033
264,875
1,714
(2,615)
226
(74)
(749)
7,524
6,775

Basic
Diluted

$
$

(2.67) $
(2.67) $

(0.49) $
(0.49) $

(0.17) $
(0.17) $

0.02 $
0.02 $

0.04
0.04

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to
compute net (loss) income per share attributable to
ordinary shareholders:

Basic
Diluted

238,611
238,611

231,184
231,184

222,224
222,224

182,773
193,481

144,008
145,500

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details. 

(1) 

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales
General and administrative

$

17,450 $ 11,955 $

6,856 $

5,371 $

149,049
39,303
51,960

98,609
23,605
28,704

79,384
17,395
33,813

35,735
11,945
22,429

2,862
22,842
6,670
9,160

(2) 

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

27,997 $ 21,188 $ 14,587 $
—
36,090

—
15,269

60
28,744

7,405 $
—
86

6,417
—
40

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales

$

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

Cash and cash equivalents

$ 1,268,441 $ 1,410,339 $

244,420 $

259,709

$

187,094

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

As of June 30,

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

Short-term investments

Derivative assets

Working capital

Total assets

Deferred revenue

Derivative liabilities

Exchangeable senior notes, net

Total liabilities

Share capital

Total equity

1,377,145

296,984

2,421,828

1,282,117

445,046

215,233
(287,597)
2,977,258

468,820

855,079

853,576

323,134

99,995

342,871

207,970

819,637

2,411,791

1,514,508

24,199
565,467

23,531

907,320

305,499

483,405

30,251

3,252

245,195

—

—

379,424

22,726

902,693

—

542,038

990,973

181,068

—

—

259,310

21,620

731,663

—

50,477

397,161

136,565

—

—

207,107

18,461

190,054

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details. 

Non-IFRS Financial Results

Our reported results include certain non-IFRS financial measures, including non-IFRS gross profit, non-IFRS 
operating income, non-IFRS net income, non-IFRS net income per diluted share, and free cash flow. Management 
believes that the use of these non-IFRS financial measures provides consistency and comparability with our past 
financial  performance,  facilitates  period-to-period  comparisons  of  our  results  of  operations,  and  also  facilitates 
comparisons with peer companies, many of which use similar non-IFRS or non-GAAP financial measures to supplement 
their IFRS or GAAP results. Non-IFRS results are presented for supplemental informational purposes only to aid in 
understanding our operating results. The non-IFRS results should not be considered a substitute for financial information 
presented  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  and  may  be  different  from  non-IFRS  or  non-GAAP  measures  used  by  other 
companies.

Our non-IFRS financial measures include: 

•  Non-IFRS gross profit. Excludes expenses related to share-based compensation and amortization of acquired 

intangible assets;

•  Non-IFRS operating income. Excludes expenses related to share-based compensation and amortization of 

acquired intangible assets;

•  Non-IFRS net income and non-IFRS net income per diluted share. Excludes expenses related to share- based 
compensation, amortization of acquired intangible assets, non-coupon impact related to our exchangeable 
senior notes (the “Notes”) and capped calls, the related income tax effects on these items, and changes in 
our assessment regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets; and

•  Free cash flow. Free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures, 

which consists of purchases of property and equipment. 

Our non-IFRS financial measures reflect adjustments based on the items below:

•  Share-based compensation;

•  Amortization of acquired intangible assets;

•  Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and capped calls:

  Amortization of the Notes discount and issuance costs;

  Mark to fair value of the Notes exchange feature;

  Mark to fair value of the related capped call transactions; and

7

 
 
•  The related income tax effects on these items and changes in our assessment regarding the realizability of 

our deferred tax assets. 

We exclude expenses related to share-based compensation, amortization of acquired intangible assets, non-
coupon impact related to the Notes and capped calls, the related income tax effects on these items, and changes in 
our assessment regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets from certain of our non-IFRS financial measures 
as we believe this helps investors understand our operational performance. In addition, share-based compensation 
expense can be difficult to predict and varies from period to period and company to company due to differing valuation 
methodologies,  subjective  assumptions,  and  the  variety  of  equity  instruments,  as  well  as  changes  in  stock  price. 
Management believes that providing non-IFRS financial measures that exclude share-based compensation expense, 
amortization  of  acquired  intangible  assets,  non-coupon  impact  related  to  the  Notes  and  capped  calls,  the  related 
income tax effects on these items, and changes in our assessment regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets 
allow for more meaningful comparisons between our operating results from period to period.

Management considers free cash flow to be a liquidity measure that provides useful information to management 
and investors about the amount of cash generated by our business that can be used for strategic opportunities, including 
investing in our business, making strategic acquisitions, and strengthening our statement of financial position.

Management uses non-IFRS gross profit, non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income, non-IFRS net 

income per diluted share, and free cash flow:

•  As measures of operating performance, because these financial measures do not include the impact of items 

not directly resulting from our core operations; 

•  For planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget; 

•  To allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business; 

•  To evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies; and 

• 

In communications with our board of directors and investors concerning our financial performance.

We understand that although non-IFRS gross profit, non-IFRS operating income, non-IFRS net income, non-
IFRS net income per diluted share and free cash flow are frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their 
evaluation of companies, these measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in 
isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations as reported under IFRS.

The following tables provide reconciliations of non-IFRS financial measures to the most directly comparable 
financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018, 
2017, 2016 and 2015. The data for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 reflect the adoption of IFRS 15. 
The data for the years ended June 30, 2016 and 2015 does not reflect the adoption of IFRS 15. 

8

Gross profit
IFRS gross profit

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$ 999,842 $ 708,288 $ 507,523 $ 381,275 $ 266,589

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets

17,450

27,997

11,955

21,188

6,856

14,587

5,371

7,405

2,862

6,417

Non-IFRS gross profit

$1,045,289 $ 741,431 $ 528,966 $ 394,051 $ 275,868

Operating income
IFRS operating (loss) income

$ (63,362) $ (46,045) $ (55,834) $ (5,880) $

1,714

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets

257,762
56,801

162,873

137,448

57,278

29,856

75,480

7,491

41,534

6,457

Non-IFRS operating income

$ 251,201 $ 174,106 $ 111,470 $ 77,091 $ 49,705

Net income
IFRS net (loss) income

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets

Plus: Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and
capped calls

$ (637,621) $(113,432) $ (37,449) $

4,373 $

6,775

257,762
56,801

162,873

137,448

57,278

29,856

75,480

7,491

41,534

6,457

567,847

19,892

—

—

—

Less: Income tax effects and adjustments

(30,243)

(2,150)

(39,864)

(16,018)

(9,244)

Non-IFRS net income

$ 214,546 $ 124,461 $ 89,991 $ 71,326 $ 45,522

Net income per share
IFRS net (loss) income per share - diluted

Plus: Share-based payment expense

Plus: Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Plus: Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and
capped calls
Less: Income tax effects and adjustments

Non-IFRS net income per share - diluted

$

$

(2.67) $
1.05

0.23

2.37
(0.12)
0.86 $

0.68

0.25

0.08

(0.01)

(0.49) $

(0.17) $

0.02 $

0.59

0.13

—

0.37

0.04

—

0.04

0.26

0.04

—

(0.17)

(0.08)

(0.06)

0.51 $

0.38 $

0.35 $

0.28

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding
Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted
IFRS net loss per share

Plus: Dilution from share options and RSUs (1)
Plus: Dilution from share options and RSUs granted
in periods prior to IPO (2)
Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted
non-IFRS net income per share

238,611

231,184

222,224

193,481

145,500

9,609

12,801

13,833

—

—

—

—

—

8,205

17,573

248,220

243,985

236,057

201,686

163,073

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details. 

(1)  The effects of these dilutive securities were not included in the IFRS calculation of diluted net loss per share for 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

(2)  Gives effect to share options and RSUs in periods prior to our IPO for comparability.

9

 
 
Free cash flow
IFRS net cash provided by operating activities

Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 466,342 $ 311,456 $ 199,381 $ 129,542 $ 98,221

(44,192)

(30,209)

(15,129)

(34,213)

(31,776)

$ 422,150 $ 281,247 $ 184,252 $ 95,329 $ 66,445

10

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

A description of the risks and uncertainties associated with our business is set forth below. You should carefully consider 
such risks and uncertainties, together with the other information contained in this annual report, and in our other public 
filings. If any such risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could 
differ materially from the plans, projections and other forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this annual 
report and in our other public filings. In addition, if any of the following risks and uncertainties, or if any other risks and 
uncertainties, actually occur, our business, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed substantially.

Our rapid growth makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not 
continue to grow at or near historical rates.

We have been growing rapidly over the last several years, and as a result, our ability to forecast our future 
results of operations is subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to effectively plan for and model future 
growth. Our recent and historical growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. We have 
encountered in the past, and will encounter in the future, risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing 
companies in rapidly changing industries. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use 
to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating 
and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, our growth rates may slow, and our business would 
suffer.

We may not be able to sustain our revenue growth rate or achieve profitability in the future.

Our historical growth rate should not be considered indicative of our future performance and may decline in the 
future. In future periods, our revenue could grow more slowly than in recent periods or decline for a number of reasons, 
including any reduction in demand for our products, increase in competition, limited ability to, or our decision not to, 
increase pricing, contraction of our overall market, or our failure to capitalize on growth opportunities. In addition, we 
expect expenses to increase substantially in the near term, particularly as we continue to make significant investments 
in research and development and technology infrastructure for our cloud offerings, expand our operations globally and 
develop new products and features for, and enhancements of, our existing products. As a result of these significant 
investments, and in particular share-based compensation associated with our growth, we do not expect to achieve 
IFRS profitability in the near term and may not be able to achieve IFRS profitability in future periods. In addition, the 
additional expenses we will incur may not lead to sufficient additional revenue to maintain historical revenue growth 
rates and profitability.

The  markets  in  which  we  participate  are  intensely  competitive,  and  if  we  do  not  compete  effectively,  our 
business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

The  markets  for  our  solutions  are  fragmented,  rapidly  evolving,  highly  competitive,  and  have  relatively  low 
barriers  to entry. We  face competition  from  both traditional,  larger  software vendors  offering  full  collaboration  and 
productivity suites and smaller companies offering point products for features and use cases. Our principal competitors 
vary depending on the product category and include Microsoft, IBM, Google, ServiceNow, salesforce.com, Zendesk, 
PagerDuty and Github (acquired by Microsoft). In addition, some of our competitors have made acquisitions to offer 
a more comprehensive product or service offering, which may allow them to compete more effectively with our products. 
We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving 
industry. Following such potential consolidations, companies may create more compelling product offerings and be 
able to offer more attractive pricing options, making it more difficult for us to compete effectively.

Our competitors, particularly our competitors with greater financial and operating resources, may be able to 
respond  more  quickly  and  effectively  than  we  can  to  new  or  changing  opportunities,  technologies,  standards,  or 
customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our products, and new market 
entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. For example, as we expand our focus into new use cases 
11

or other product offerings beyond software development teams, we expect competition to increase. Pricing pressures 
and  increased  competition  generally  could  result  in  reduced  sales,  reduced  margins,  losses,  or  the  failure  of  our 
products to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

Many of our current and potential competitors have greater resources than we do, with established marketing 
relationships, large enterprise sales forces, access to larger customer bases, pre-existing customer relationships, and 
major  distribution  agreements  with  consultants,  system  integrators  and  resellers. Additionally,  some  current  and 
potential customers, particularly large organizations, have elected, and may in the future elect, to develop or acquire 
their own internal collaboration and productivity software tools that would reduce or eliminate the demand for our 
solutions.

Our products seek to serve multiple markets, and we are subject to competition from a wide and varied field of 
competitors. Some competitors, particularly new and emerging companies, could focus all their energy and resources 
on one product line or use case and, as a result, any one competitor could develop a more successful product or 
service in a particular market which could decrease our market share and harm our brand recognition and results of 
operations. For all of these reasons and others we cannot anticipate today, we may not be able to compete successfully 
against our current and future competitors, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our distribution model of offering and selling on-premises offerings of certain of our products, in addition to 
offering and selling cloud offerings of these products, increases our expenses, may impact revenue recognition 
timing, and may pose other challenges to our business.

We offer and sell both on-premises and cloud offerings of certain of our products. For these products, our cloud 
offering enables quick setup and subscription pricing, while our on-premises offering permits more customization, a 
perpetual or term license fee structure, and complete application control. Historically, these products were developed 
in the context of the on-premises offering, and we have less operating experience offering and selling these products 
via our cloud offering. Although a substantial majority of our revenue has historically been generated from customers 
using our on-premises products, we believe that over time more customers will move to our cloud offering, and our 
cloud offering will become more central to our distribution model. As more of our customers transition to the cloud, we 
may be subject to additional competitive pressures, which may harm our business. Further, as more customers elect 
our cloud offerings as opposed to our on-premises offerings, revenues from such customers is typically lower in the 
initial year, which may impact our near-term revenue growth rates. If our cloud offering does not develop as quickly 
as we expect, or if we are unable to continue to scale our systems to meet the requirements of a successful large, 
cloud  offering,  our  business  may  be  harmed.  We  are  directing  a  significant  portion  of  our  financial  and  operating 
resources to implement a robust cloud offering for our products, but even if we continue to make these investments, 
we may be unsuccessful in growing or implementing our cloud offerings that compete successfully against our current 
and future competitors and our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

Our business depends on our customers renewing their subscriptions and maintenance plans and purchasing 
additional licenses or subscriptions from us. Any decline in our customer retention or expansion would harm 
our future results of operations.

In order for us to maintain or improve our results of operations, it is important that our customers renew their 
subscriptions  and  maintenance  plans  when  existing  contract  terms  expire  and  that  we  expand  our  commercial 
relationships with our existing customers. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions or maintenance 
plans, and our customers may not renew subscriptions or maintenance plans with a similar contract period or with the 
same or greater number of users. Our customers generally do not enter into long-term contracts, rather they primarily 
have monthly or annual terms. Some of our customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us and it is 
difficult to accurately predict long-term customer retention.

Our customer retention and expansion may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our 
customers’ satisfaction with our products, new market entrants, our product support, our prices and pricing plans, the 
prices of competing software products, reductions in our customers’ spending levels, new product releases and changes 
to packaging of our product offerings, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, or the effects of global 
economic conditions. We may be unable to timely address any retention issues with specific customers, which could 
harm our results of operations. If our customers do not purchase additional licenses or subscriptions or renew their 
subscriptions or maintenance plans, renew on less favorable terms, or fail to add more users, our revenue may decline 
or grow less quickly, which would harm our future results of operations and prospects.

12

If we are not able to develop new products and enhancements to our existing products that achieve market 
acceptance  and  that  keep  pace  with  technological  developments,  our  business  and  results  of  operations 
would be harmed.

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on 
our ability to enhance and improve our existing products and to introduce compelling new products that reflect the 
changing nature of our markets. The success of any enhancement to our products depends on several factors, including 
timely completion and delivery, competitive pricing, adequate quality testing, integration with existing technologies and 
our platform, and overall market acceptance. Any new product that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or 
cost-effective manner, may contain bugs, or may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant 
revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop new products, enhance our existing products to meet customer 
requirements, or otherwise gain market acceptance, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would 
be harmed.

If we cannot continue to expand the use of our products beyond our initial focus on software developers, our 
ability to grow our business may be harmed.

Our ability to grow our business depends in part on our ability to persuade current and future customers to 
expand their use of our products to additional use cases beyond software developers, including business teams and 
IT teams. If we fail to predict customer demands or achieve further market acceptance of our products within these 
additional areas and teams, or if a competitor establishes a more widely adopted product for these applications, our 
ability to grow our business may be harmed.

We  invest  significantly  in  research  and  development,  and  to  the  extent  our  research  and  development 
investments do not translate into new products or material enhancements to our current products, or if we 
do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

A key element of our strategy is to invest significantly in our research and development efforts to develop new 
products and enhance our existing products to address additional applications and markets. In fiscal years 2019 and 
2018, our research and development expenses were 48% and 47% of our revenue, respectively. If we do not spend 
our research and development budget efficiently or effectively on compelling innovation and technologies, our business 
may be harmed and we may not realize the expected benefits of our strategy. Moreover, research and development 
projects can be technically challenging and expensive. The nature of these research and development cycles may 
cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and 
the time we are able to offer compelling products and generate revenue, if any, from such investment. Additionally, 
anticipated  customer  demand  for  a  product  we  are  developing  could  decrease  after  the  development  cycle  has 
commenced, and we would nonetheless be unable to avoid substantial costs associated with the development of any 
such product. If we expend a significant amount of resources on research and development and our efforts do not 
lead to the successful introduction or improvement of products that are competitive in our current or future markets, it 
would harm our business and results of operations.

If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience rapid growth, which has placed, and may continue 
to place, significant demands on our management, operational, and financial resources. In addition, we operate globally, 
sell our products to customers in approximately 190 countries, and have employees in Australia, the United States, 
the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, the Philippines, India, Turkey, Canada, Japan, Germany and France. We plan 
to continue to expand our operations into other countries in the future, which will place additional demands on our 
resources and operations. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of customers, users, transactions 
and data that our products and our associated infrastructure support. If we fail to successfully manage our anticipated 
growth and change, the quality of our products may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and 
harm our ability to retain and attract customers. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex and if 
we fail to scale and adapt our operational, financial, and management controls and systems, as well as our reporting 
systems and procedures, to manage this complexity, our business, results of operations, and financial condition would 
be harmed. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of management resources to grow and 
change in these areas.

If our current marketing model is not effective in attracting new customers, we may need to incur additional 
expenses to attract new customers and our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Unlike  traditional  enterprise  software  vendors,  who  rely  on  direct  sales  methodologies  and  face  long  sales 
cycles, complex customer requirements and substantial upfront sales costs, we primarily utilize a viral marketing model 
13

to target new customers. Through this word-of-mouth marketing, we have been able to build our brand with relatively 
low marketing and sales costs. We also build our customer base through various online marketing activities as well 
as targeted web-based content and online communications. This strategy has allowed us to build a substantial customer 
base and community of users who use our products and act as advocates for our brand and solutions, often within 
their own corporate organizations. Attracting new customers and retaining existing customers requires that we continue 
to provide high-quality products at an affordable price and convince customers of our value proposition. If we do not 
attract new customers through word-of-mouth referrals, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected, or decline. 
In addition, high levels of customer satisfaction and market adoption are central to our marketing model. Any decrease 
in our customers’ satisfaction with our products, including as a result of actions outside of our control, could harm word-
of-mouth referrals and our brand. If our customer base does not continue to grow through word-of-mouth marketing 
and viral adoption, we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing and sales expenses in order to acquire 
new subscribers, which could harm our business and results of operations.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our 
products may be perceived as insecure, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, and 
we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our solutions involves the storage, transmission, and processing of our customers’ proprietary data, 
including potentially personal or identifying information. Unauthorized access to, or security breaches of, our products 
could result in unauthorized access to data and information, and the loss, compromise or corruption of such data and 
information. In the event of a security breach, we could suffer loss of business, severe reputational damage adversely 
affecting  customer  or  investor  confidence,  regulatory  investigations  and  orders,  litigation,  indemnity  obligations, 
damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, significant costs for remediation, 
and other liabilities. We have incurred and expect to incur significant expenses to prevent security breaches, including 
costs related to deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third-
party solution providers and consultants. Our errors and omissions insurance coverage covering certain security and 
privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all liabilities we may incur.

Although we expend significant resources to create security protections that shield our customer data against 
potential theft and security breaches, such measures cannot provide absolute security. We have in the past experienced 
breaches of our security measures. Certain breaches have resulted in unauthorized access to certain data processed 
through our products. Our products are at risk for future breaches, including, without limitation, breaches that may 
occur as a result of third-party action, or employee, vendor or contractor error or malfeasance, and other causes.

As we further transition selling our products via our cloud offering, continue to collect more personal and sensitive 
information, and operate in more countries, the risk that real or perceived vulnerabilities of our systems could seriously 
harm our business and our financial performance, by tarnishing our reputation and brand and limiting the adoption of 
our products, is likely to increase.

Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and 
generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques 
or  to  implement  adequate  preventative  measures.  We  may  also  experience  security  breaches  that  may  remain 
undetected for an extended period and, therefore, have a greater impact on the products we offer, the proprietary data 
processed through our services, and, ultimately, on our business.

One of our marketing strategies is to offer free trials or a limited free version or affordable starter license for 
certain products, and we may not be able to realize the benefits of this strategy.

We offer free trials, a limited free version or an affordable starter license for certain products in order to promote 
additional usage, brand and product awareness, and adoption. Historically, a majority of users never convert to a paid 
version  of  our  products  from  these  free  trials  or  limited  free  versions  or  upgrade  beyond  the  starter  license.  Our 
marketing strategy also depends in part on persuading users who use the free trials, free versions or starter licenses 
of our products to convince others within their organization to purchase and deploy our products. To the extent that 
these users do not become, or lead others to become, customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of this 
marketing strategy, and our ability to grow our business may be harmed.

Our business model relies on a high volume of transactions and affordable pricing. As lower cost or free 
products are introduced by our competitors, our ability to generate new customers could be harmed.

Our business model is based in part on selling our products at prices lower than competing products from other 
commercial  vendors. For example, we offer  entry-level  pricing  for certain products  for small  teams at  a price  that 
typically does not require capital budget approval and is orders-of-magnitude less than the price of traditional enterprise 

14

software. As a result, our software is frequently purchased by first-time customers to solve specific problems and not 
as part of a strategic technology purchasing decision. As competitors enter the market with low cost or free alternatives 
to our products, it may become increasingly difficult for us to compete effectively and our ability to garner new customers 
could  be  harmed.  We  have  historically,  and  will  continue  to,  increase  prices  from  time  to  time. Additionally,  some 
customers may consider our products to be discretionary purchases, which may contribute to reduced demand for our 
offerings in times of economic uncertainty. If we are unable to sell our software in high volume, across new and existing 
customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

We derive approximately two thirds of our revenue from a limited number of software products.

We derive approximately two thirds of our revenue from Jira Software and Confluence. As such, the market 
acceptance of these products is critical to our success. Demand for these products and our other products is affected 
by a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as continued market acceptance of our products 
by  customers  for  existing  and  new  use  cases;  the  timing  of  development  and  release  of  new  products,  features, 
functionality and lower cost alternatives introduced by our competitors; technological changes and developments within 
the markets we serve; and growth or contraction in our addressable markets. If we are unable to continue to meet 
customer  demands  or  to  achieve  more  widespread  market  acceptance  of  our  products,  our  business,  results  of 
operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

If the Atlassian Marketplace does not continue to be successful, our business and results of operations could 
be harmed.

We operate Atlassian Marketplace, an online marketplace, for selling third-party, as well as Atlassian-built, apps. 
We rely on the Atlassian Marketplace to supplement our promotional efforts and build awareness of our products, and 
believe that third-party apps from the Atlassian Marketplace facilitate greater usage and customization of our products. 
If these vendors and developers stop developing or supporting the apps that they sell on Atlassian Marketplace, our 
business could be harmed.

Interruptions  or  performance  problems  associated  with  our  technology  and  infrastructure  may  harm  our 
business and results of operations.

Our  continued  growth  depends  in  part  on  the  ability  of  our  existing  and  potential  customers  to  access  our 
solutions at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. In addition, we rely almost exclusively on our websites 
for the downloading of and payment for all our products. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, 
disruptions, data loss and corruption, outages and other performance problems with our infrastructure and websites 
due  to  a  variety  of  factors,  including  infrastructure  changes,  introductions  of  new  functionality,  human  or  software 
errors, capacity constraints, denial of service attacks, or other security-related incidents. In some instances, we may 
not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may 
become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as 
our products and websites become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our products and websites are 
unavailable or if our users are unable to access our products within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business 
would be harmed. Moreover, we depend on services from various third parties, including Amazon Web Services, to 
maintain our infrastructure and distribute our products via the Internet. Any disruptions in these services, including as 
a result of actions outside of our control, would significantly impact the continued performance of our products. In the 
future, these services may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to 
use any of these services could result in decreased functionality of our products until equivalent technology is either 
developed by us or, if available from another provider, is identified, obtained and integrated into our infrastructure. To 
the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually 
develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our 
business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

15

Real  or  perceived  errors,  failures,  vulnerabilities  or  bugs  in  our  products  or  in  the  products  on Atlassian 
Marketplace could harm our business and results of operations.

Errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs may occur in our products, especially when updates are deployed or 
new products are rolled out. Our solutions are often used in connection with large-scale computing environments with 
different operating systems, system management software, equipment, and networking configurations, which may 
cause errors, failures of products, or other negative consequences in the computing environment into which they are 
deployed. In addition, deployment of our products into complicated, large-scale computing environments may expose 
errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our products. Any such errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs may not be 
found until after they are deployed to our customers. Real or perceived errors, failures, vulnerabilities, or bugs in our 
products could result in negative publicity, loss or unauthorized access to customer data, loss of or delay in market 
acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them, all of 
which could harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, third-party apps on Atlassian Marketplace may not meet the same quality standards that we apply 
to  our  own  development  efforts  and,  to  the  extent  they  contain  bugs,  vulnerabilities,  or  defects,  they  may  create 
disruptions in our customers’ use of our products lead to data loss or unauthorized access to customer data, damage 
our brand and reputation, and affect the continued use of our products, any of which could harm our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

Any  failure  to  offer  high-quality  product  support  may  harm  our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  our 
business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

In deploying and using our products, our customers depend on our product support teams to resolve complex 
technical and operational issues. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases 
in customer demand for product support. We also may be unable to modify the nature, scope and delivery of our 
product support to compete with changes in product support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer 
demand for product support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and harm our results of operations. 
In addition, as we continue to grow our operations and reach a global and vast customer base, we need to be able to 
provide efficient product support that meets our customers’ needs globally at scale. The number of our customers has 
grown significantly and that has put additional pressure on our support organization. In order to meet these needs, we 
have relied in the past and will continue to rely on third-party vendors and self-service product support to resolve 
common or frequently asked questions, which supplement our customer support teams. If we are unable to provide 
efficient product support globally at scale, including through the use of third-party vendors and self-service support, 
our ability to grow our operations may be harmed and we may need to hire additional support personnel, which could 
harm  our  results  of  operations.  Our  sales  are  highly  dependent  on  our  business  reputation  and  on  positive 
recommendations  from  our  existing  customers. Any  failure  to  maintain  high-quality  product  support,  or  a  market 
perception  that  we  do  not  maintain  high-quality  product  support,  could  harm  our  reputation,  our  ability  to  sell  our 
products to existing and prospective customers, and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our sales model does not rely primarily on a direct enterprise sales force, which may impede the growth of 
our business.

Our sales model does not rely primarily on traditional, quota-carrying sales personnel. Although we believe our 
business model can continue to scale without a large, direct enterprise sales force, our viral marketing model may not 
continue to be as successful as we anticipate and the absence of a large, direct, traditional sales function may impede 
our future growth. As we continue to scale our business, a more traditional sales infrastructure could assist in reaching 
larger enterprise customers and growing our revenue. Identifying, recruiting, and training such a qualified sales force 
would require significant time, expense and attention and would significantly impact our business model. In addition, 
expanding our sales infrastructure would considerably change our cost structure and results of operations, and we 
may have to reduce other expenses, such as our research and development expenses, in order to accommodate a 
corresponding increase in marketing and sales expenses and maintain positive free cash flow. If our lack of a large, 
direct enterprise sales force limits us from reaching larger enterprise customers and growing our revenue and we are 
unable to hire, develop, and retain talented sales personnel in the future, our revenue growth and results of operations 
may be harmed.

16

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our 
business.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our 
control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who follow 
us, the price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline substantially. Factors that may cause our revenue, results 
of operations and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include, but are not limited to:

•  Our  ability  to  attract  new  customers,  retain  and  increase  sales  to  existing  customers,  and  satisfy  our 

customers’ requirements;

•  The timing of customer renewals; 
•  Changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies and offerings;
•  New products, features, enhancements, or functionalities introduced by our competitors;
•  The amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operations and expansion 

of our business;

•  Significant security breaches, technical difficulties, or interruptions to our products;
•  The number of new employees added;
•  Changes  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  or  adding  additional  currencies  in  which  our  sales  are 

denominated;

•  The amount and timing of acquisitions or other strategic transactions;
•  Extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments;
•  General  economic  conditions  that  may  adversely  affect  either  our  customers’  ability  or  willingness  to 
purchase  additional  licenses,  subscriptions,  and  maintenance  plans,  delay  a  prospective  customer’s 
purchasing decision, reduce the value of new license, subscription, or maintenance plans, or affect customer 
retention;

•  Potential exchanges of our Notes for payment of cash due to the triggering of the conditional exchange 

feature of the Notes;

•  Non-coupon impact related to the Notes and related capped call transactions; 
•  Seasonality in our operations;
•  The impact of new accounting pronouncements and associated system implementations; and
•  The timing of the grant or vesting of equity awards to employees, contractors, or directors.

Many of these factors are outside of our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our 
revenue, results of operations, and cash flows to vary widely. As such, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons 
of our revenue, results of operations, and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an 
indication of future performance.

If we are unable to develop and maintain successful relationships with our solution partners and resellers, 
our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed.

We have established relationships with certain solution partners and resellers to distribute our products. We 
believe that continued growth in our business is dependent upon identifying, developing and maintaining strategic 
relationships with our existing and potential solution partners and resellers that can drive substantial revenue and 
provide additional value-added services to our customers. Our agreements with our existing solution partners and 
resellers are non-exclusive, meaning our solution partners and resellers may offer customers the products of several 
different companies, including products that compete with ours. They may also cease marketing our products with 
limited or no notice and with little or no penalty. We expect that any additional solution partners and resellers we identify 
and develop will be similarly non-exclusive and unbound by any requirement to continue to market our products. If we 
fail to identify additional solution partners and resellers in a timely and cost-effective manner, or at all, or are unable 
to assist our current and future solution partners and resellers in independently distributing and deploying our products, 
our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be harmed. If our solution partners and resellers do 
not effectively market and sell our products, or fail to meet the needs of our customers, our reputation and ability to 
grow our business may also be harmed.

17

Acquisitions of other businesses, products, or technologies could disrupt our business, and we may be unable 
to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such 
acquisitions.

We have completed a number of acquisitions and strategic investments and continue to evaluate and consider 
additional  strategic  transactions,  including  acquisitions  of,  or  investments  in,  businesses,  technologies,  services, 
products, and other assets in the future. We also may enter into strategic relationships with other businesses to expand 
our products, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing 
or investments in other companies.

Any  acquisition,  investment  or  business  relationship  may  result  in  unforeseen  operating  difficulties  and 
expenditures.  In  particular,  we  may  encounter  difficulties  assimilating  or  integrating  the  businesses,  technologies, 
products,  personnel,  or  operations  of  the  acquired  companies,  particularly  if  the  key  personnel  of  the  acquired 
companies choose not to work for us, their software and services are not easily adapted to work with our products, or 
we have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business due to changes in ownership, management or 
otherwise. Acquisitions  may  also  disrupt  our  business,  divert  our  resources,  and  require  significant  management 
attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. We may not successfully evaluate 
or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction, 
including accounting charges. Moreover, the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship 
may not be realized or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

In the future, we may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and we may not be able to complete 
acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. Our previous and future acquisitions may not achieve our goals, and any 
future acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by users, customers, developers or investors.

Negotiating these transactions can be time consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to complete these 
transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even 
if announced, may not be completed. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

Issue additional equity securities that would dilute our existing shareholders;

• 
•  Use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;
• 
• 
•  Encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse software 

Incur large charges, expenses, or substantial liabilities;
Incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

codes or business cultures; and

•  Become  subject  to  adverse  tax  consequences,  substantial  depreciation,  impairment,  or  deferred 

compensation charges.

If  we  are  not  able  to  maintain  and  enhance  our  brand,  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial 
condition may be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our reputation as a differentiated and category-defining company 
is critical to our relationships with our existing customers and to our ability to attract new customers. The successful 
promotion of our brand attributes will depend on a number of factors, including our, and our solution partners’ and 
resellers’, marketing efforts, our ability to continue to develop high-quality products, and our ability to successfully 
differentiate our products from competitive products. In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews 
of our products, as well as the products offered by our competitors, and perception of the relative value of our products 
in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. If these reviews are negative, or less positive as 
compared to those of our competitors’ products, our brand may be harmed.

The promotion of our brand requires us to make substantial expenditures, and we anticipate that the expenditures 
will  increase  as  our  market  becomes  more  competitive,  as  we  expand  into  new  markets,  and  as  more  sales  are 
generated through our solution partners and resellers. To the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, this 
revenue may not offset the increased expenses we incur. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our brand, 
our business may not grow, we may have reduced pricing power relative to competitors, and we could lose customers 
or fail to attract new customers, any of which would harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

18

Because  our  products  rely  on  the  movement  of  data  across  national  boundaries,  global  privacy  and  data 
security concerns could result in additional costs and liabilities to us or inhibit sales of our products globally. 

Privacy  and  data  security  have  become  significant  issues  in  the  United  States,  Europe  and  in  many  other 
jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, and 
transfer of information worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future.

Globally,  virtually  every  jurisdiction  in  which  we  operate  has  established  its  own  data  security  and  privacy 
frameworks with which we, or our customers, must comply, including, for example, in the European Union, Directive 
95/46/EC on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of 
such data, along with applicable implementing data protection legislation of individual European Union member states.

In addition, data protection regulation is an area of increased focus and changing requirements. On April 27, 
2016, the European Union adopted the General Data Protection Regulation 2016/679, or GDPR, that took effect on 
May 25, 2018, replacing the current data protection laws of each European Union member state. GDPR applies to 
any company established in the European Union as well as to those outside the European Union if they collect and 
use personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to individuals in the European Union or the 
monitoring of their behavior. GDPR enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal 
data, including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention 
of information, mandatory data breach notification requirements, and extensive new obligations on services providers. 
Interpretation and enforcement of GDPR remains uncertain. Non-compliance with GDPR can trigger steep fines of up 
to €20  million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher. Similar regulations have also come into 
effect and been proposed around the world. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, goes into 
effect in 2020.   Record-breaking enforcement actions globally have shown that regulators do wield their right to impose 
substantial fines for violations of privacy regulations, and these enforcement actions could result in guidance from 
regulators that would require changes to our current compliance strategy.   Given the breadth and depth of changes 
in data protection obligations, complying with global data protection requirements requires time, resources, and a 
review of our technology and systems currently in use against regulatory requirements.

We currently rely on the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and standard contractual clauses approved by the European 
Commission as our legal mechanism for onward transfers of data from Europe. The EU-U.S. Privacy Shield program 
underwent its second annual review by European Union regulatory authorities in October 2018, which re-affirmed the 
EU-U.S. Privacy Shield as a valid framework for transferring data from the European  Union to the United States. 
Nonetheless,  the  review  reported  a number  of  recommendations  for  improvement  in  the  program  before  the  next 
annual  review,  and  there  continue  to  be  concerns  about  whether  the  EU-U.S.  Privacy  Shield  and  other  transfer 
mechanisms will face additional challenges. Similarly, the validity of standard contractual clauses is currently under 
review by the European Court of Justice. In order to diversify our data transfer strategy, we will continue to explore 
other options managing data from Europe, including without limitation, amending standard contractual clauses where 
required, and considering suppliers that house data in Europe, which may involve substantial expense and distraction 
from other aspects of our business. We may, however, be unsuccessful in establishing an adequate mechanism for 
data transfer, and will be at risk of enforcement actions taken by a European Union data protection authority until such 
point in time that we ensure an adequate mechanism for European data transfers, which could damage our reputation, 
inhibit sales and harm our business. Despite actions we have taken or will be taking to diversify our data transfer 
strategies, we may be unsuccessful in establishing a conforming means of transferring data due to ongoing legislative 
activity that could vary the current data transfer landscape. As we expand into new markets and grow our customer 
base, we will need to comply with any new requirements. If we cannot comply with, or if we incur a violation of one or 
more of these requirements, some customers may be limited in their ability to purchase our products, particularly our 
cloud products. Growth could be harmed, and we could incur significant liabilities.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different 
self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us. Further, our customers may require us to 
comply with more stringent privacy and data security contractual requirements or obtain certifications that we do not 
currently have, and any failure to obtain these certifications could reduce the demand for our products and our business 
may be harmed. If we were required to obtain additional industry certifications, we may incur significant additional 
expenses and have to divert resources, which could slow the release of new products, all of which could harm our 
ability to effectively compete.

The interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws are, and will likely remain, uncertain, 
and it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data 

19

management practices or product features. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims and 
penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our products, 
which could harm our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and data security concerns or comply with 
applicable  privacy  or  data  security  laws,  regulations  and  policies  could  result  in  additional  cost  and  liability  to  us, 
damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and harm our business.

Our global operations subject us to risks that can harm our business, results of operations, and financial 
condition.

A  key  element  of  our  strategy  is  to  operate  globally  and  sell  our  products  to  customers  around  the  world. 
Operating globally requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, 
geographic,  and  political  risks.  In  particular,  our  global  operations  subject  us  to  a  variety  of  additional  risks  and 
challenges, including:

• 

Increased management, travel, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs associated with having operations 
in many countries;

•  Difficulties in enforcing contracts, including so-called “clickwrap” contracts that are entered into online, on 
which we have historically relied as part of our product licensing strategy, but which may be subject to 
additional legal uncertainty in some foreign jurisdictions;
Increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

• 
•  Requirements  or  preferences  within  other  regions  for  domestic  products,  and  difficulties  in  replacing 

products offered by more established or known regional competitors;

•  Differing  technical  standards,  existing  or  future  regulatory  and  certification  requirements,  and  required 

features and functionality;

•  Communication  and  integration  problems  related  to  entering  and  serving  new  markets  with  different 

languages, cultures, and political systems;

•  Compliance  with  foreign  privacy  and  security  laws  and  regulations  and  the  risks  and  costs  of  non-

compliance;

•  Compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including anti-bribery laws (such as the U.S. 
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.S. Travel Act, and the U.K. Bribery Act), import and export control 
laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions, and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability 
to sell our products in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

•  Heightened risks of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies that may impact our financial 

results and result in restatements of our consolidated financial statements;

•  Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and related effects on our results of operations;
•  Difficulties in repatriating or transferring funds from, or converting currencies in certain countries;
•  Weak economic conditions which could arise in each country or region in which we operate or sell our 

products, or general political and economic instability around the world; 

•  Differing labor standards, including restrictions related to, and the increased cost of, terminating employees 

in some countries;

•  Difficulties in recruiting and hiring employees in certain countries;
•  The preference for localized software and licensing programs and localized language support;
•  Reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties associated 

with enforcing our legal rights abroad; and

•  Compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions, including withholding obligations, and 

overlapping of different tax regimes.

Compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our global operations substantially increases our cost of 
doing business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in government requirements 
as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could harm our business. In many 
countries, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and 
procedures or other regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed 
to  ensure  compliance  with  these  regulations  and  policies,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  all  of  our  employees, 
contractors, business partners and agents will comply with these regulations and policies. Violations of laws, regulations 
or key control policies by our employees, contractors, business partners, or agents could result in delays in revenue 
recognition, financial reporting misstatements, enforcement actions, reputational harm, disgorgement of profits, fines, 
civil and criminal penalties, damages, injunctions, other collateral consequences, or the prohibition of the importation 
or exportation of our products and could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

20

We depend on our executive officers and other key employees and the loss of one or more of these employees 
or the inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and key employees. We 
rely on our leadership team and other key employees in the areas of research and development, products, strategy, 
operations, security, marketing, IT, support, and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may 
be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt 
our business. In addition, we do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel 
that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment 
with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our Co-Chief Executive Officers, or 
other key employees could harm our business.

In addition, in order to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition 
for these personnel in Sydney, Australia, the San Francisco Bay Area, and in other locations where we maintain offices, 
is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and cloud-based services. We 
have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty hiring and retaining employees 
with appropriate qualifications. In particular, recruiting and hiring senior product engineering personnel has been, and 
we expect to continue to be, challenging. If we are unable to hire talented product engineering personnel, we may be 
unable to scale our operations or release new products in a timely fashion and, as a result, customer satisfaction with 
our products may decline.

Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we 
have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, these employers may attempt to assert that the 
employees or we have breached certain legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, 
job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with 
their employment. If the value or perceived value of our equity awards declines, it may harm our ability to recruit and 
retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, 
our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Our corporate values have contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain these values as we grow, 
we could lose the innovative approach, creativity, and teamwork fostered by our values, and our business 
could be harmed.

We believe that a critical contributor to our success has been our corporate values, which we believe foster 
innovation, teamwork, and an emphasis on customer-focused results. In addition, we believe that our values create 
an environment that drives and perpetuates our product strategy and low-cost distribution approach. As we grow and 
continue to develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate values. 
Any failure to preserve our values could harm our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel, 
innovate and operate effectively, and execute on our business strategy.

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

While we primarily sell our products in U.S. dollars, we incur expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, 
which exposes us to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. A large percentage of our expenses are denominated 
in the Australian dollar, and fluctuations could have a material negative impact on our results of operations. Moreover, 
our subsidiaries, other than our U.S. subsidiaries, maintain net assets that are denominated in currencies other than 
the U.S. dollar. In addition, we recently began to transact in non-U.S. dollar currencies for our products, and, accordingly, 
changes in the value of non-U.S. dollar currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could affect our revenue and results of 
operations due to transactional and translational remeasurements that are reflected in our results of operations.

We have a foreign exchange hedging program to hedge a portion of certain exposures to fluctuations in non-
U.S. dollar currency exchange rates. We use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward contracts, to 
hedge  the  exposures.  The  use  of  such  hedging  instruments  may  not  fully  offset  the  adverse  financial  effects  of 
unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, 
the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such 
instruments or if we are unable to forecast hedged exposures accurately.

21

We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions, and anti-corruption 
laws and regulations, that may expose us to liability and increase our costs.

Various of our products are subject to U.S. export controls, including the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Export 
Administration  Regulations  and  economic  and  trade  sanctions  regulations  administered  by  the  U.S.  Treasury 
Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. These regulations may limit the export of our products and provision 
of  our  services  outside  of  the  United  States,  or  may  require  export  authorizations,  including  by  license,  a  license 
exception, or other appropriate government authorizations, including annual or semi-annual reporting and the filing of 
an encryption registration. Export control and economic sanctions laws may also include prohibitions on the sale or 
supply of certain of our products to embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities. 
In  addition,  various  countries  regulate  the  importation  of  certain  products  through  import  permitting  and  licensing 
requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, reexportation, 
and importation of our products, and the provision of services, including by our solution partners and resellers, must 
comply with these laws or else we may be adversely affected through reputational harm, government investigations, 
penalties, and a denial or curtailment of our ability to export our products or provide services. Complying with export 
control and sanctions laws can be time consuming and complex and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. 
Although we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided in violation of such laws, we are aware of 
previous exports of certain of our products to a small number of persons and organizations that are the subject of U.S. 
sanctions or located in countries or regions subject to U.S. sanctions. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions 
or export control laws, it could result in substantial fines and penalties for us and for the individuals working for us. 
Changes in export or import laws or corresponding sanctions may delay the introduction and sale of our products in 
international markets, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, regions, 
governments, persons or entities altogether, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.

We are also subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt 
Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, as well as other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. 
These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their employees and intermediaries from authorizing, 
offering, or providing improper payments or benefits to officials and other recipients for improper purposes. We rely 
on certain third parties to support our sales and regulatory compliance efforts and can be held liable for their corrupt 
or other illegal activities, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Although 
we  take  precautions  to  prevent  violations  of  these  laws,  our  exposure  for  violating  these  laws  increases  as  our 
international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.

We  recognize  certain  revenue  streams  over  the  term  of  our  subscription  and  maintenance  contracts. 
Consequently, downturns in new sales may not be immediately reflected in our results of operations and may 
be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize subscription and maintenance revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their 
contracts. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of 
deferred revenue relating to subscription and maintenance plans entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, 
a decline in new or renewed licenses, subscriptions, and maintenance plans in any single quarter may only have a 
small impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future 
quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our products, and potential 
changes in our pricing policies or rate of expansion or retention, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations 
until future periods. We may also be unable to reduce our cost structure in line with a significant deterioration in sales. 
In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while a significant portion of our revenue is 
recognized  over  the  life  of  the  agreement  with  our  customer. As  a  result,  increased  growth  in  the  number  of  our 
customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of 
certain of our customer agreements. Our subscription and maintenance revenue also makes it more difficult for us to 
rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from certain new customers must be 
recognized over the applicable term.

If we fail to integrate our products with a variety of operating systems, software applications, platforms and 
hardware  that  are  developed  by  others,  our  products  may  become  less  marketable,  less  competitive,  or 
obsolete and our results of operations would be harmed.

Our  products  must  integrate  with  a  variety  of  network,  hardware,  and  software  platforms,  and  we  need  to 
continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes in hardware, software, networking, browser and 
database technologies. In particular, we have developed our products to be able to easily integrate with third-party 
applications, including the applications of software providers that compete with us, through the interaction of application 
22

programming interfaces, or APIs. In general, we rely on the fact that the providers of such software systems continue 
to allow us access to their APIs to enable these customer integrations. To date, we have not relied on long-term written 
contracts to govern our relationship with these providers. Instead, we are subject to the standard terms and conditions 
for application developers of such providers, which govern the distribution, operation and fees of such software systems, 
and which are subject to change by such providers from time to time. Our business may be harmed if any provider of 
such software systems:

•  Discontinues or limits our access to its APIs;
•  Modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on us or other 

application developers;

•  Changes how customer information is accessed by us or our customers;
•  Establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors; or
•  Develops or otherwise favors its own competitive offerings over ours.

We believe a significant component of our value proposition to customers is the ability to optimize and configure 
our products with these third-party applications through our respective APIs. If we are not permitted or able to integrate 
with these and other third-party applications in the future, demand for our products could decline and our business 
and results of operations would be harmed.

In  addition,  an  increasing  number  of  organizations  and  individuals  within  organizations  are  utilizing  mobile 
devices to access the Internet and corporate resources and to conduct business. We have designed and continue to 
design mobile applications to provide access to our products through these devices. If we cannot provide effective 
functionality through these mobile applications as required by organizations and individuals that widely use mobile 
devices, we may experience difficulty attracting and retaining customers. Failure of our products to operate effectively 
with  future  infrastructure  platforms  and  technologies  could  also  reduce  the  demand  for  our  products,  resulting  in 
customer dissatisfaction and harm to our business. If we are unable to respond to changes in a cost-effective manner, 
our products may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete and our results of operations may be harmed.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement or misappropriation of their intellectual property 
rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our future 
success depends in part on not infringing upon or misappropriating the intellectual property rights of others. From time 
to time, our competitors or other third parties have claimed or may claim that we are infringing upon or misappropriating 
their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon or misappropriating such rights. We may 
be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology, or technology 
that we obtain from third parties. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully 
asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty or license payments, prevent 
us from offering our products or using certain technologies, require us to implement expensive work-arounds, refund 
fees to customers or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. In the case of infringement or misappropriation 
caused by technology that we obtain from third parties, any indemnification or other contractual protections we obtain 
from such third parties, if any, may be insufficient to cover the liabilities we incur as a result of such infringement or 
misappropriation. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners in connection with any 
such claims or litigation and to obtain licenses, modify our products or refund fees, which could further exhaust our 
resources. Even if we were to prevail in the event of claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding our 
intellectual  property  could  be  costly  and  time-consuming  and  divert  the  attention  of  our  management  and  other 
employees from our business operations and disrupt our business.

Indemnity  provisions  in  various  agreements  potentially  expose  us  to  substantial  liability  for  intellectual 
property infringement and other losses.

Our agreements with customers and other third parties may include indemnification or other provisions under 
which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of 
intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising 
from our products or other acts or omissions. The term of these contractual provisions often survives termination or 
expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual breach could 
harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we generally contractually limit our liability 
with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a customer 
with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with that customer and other current 
and prospective customers, reduce demand for our products, damage our reputation and harm our business, results 
of operations and financial condition.

23

We use open source software in our products that may subject our products to general release or require us 
to re-engineer our products, which may harm our business.

We use open source software in our products and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. 
There are uncertainties regarding the proper interpretation of and compliance with open source software licenses. 
Consequently, there is a risk that the owners of the copyrights in such open source software may claim that the open 
source licenses governing their use impose certain conditions or restrictions on our ability to use the software that we 
did not anticipate. Such owners may seek to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license, including by 
demanding release of the source code for the open source software, derivative works of such software, or, in some 
cases, our proprietary source code that uses or was developed using such open source software. These claims could 
also  result  in  litigation,  require  us  to  purchase  a  costly  license  or  require  us  to  devote  additional  research  and 
development resources to change our products, any of which could result in additional cost and liability to us, reputational 
damage and harm to our business and results of operations. In addition, if the license terms for the open source 
software we utilize change, we may be forced to re-engineer our products or incur additional costs to comply with the 
changed license terms or to replace the affected open source software. Although we have implemented policies and 
tools to regulate the use and incorporation of open source software into our products, we cannot be certain that we 
have not incorporated open source software in our products in a manner that is inconsistent with such policies.

Any  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights  could  impair  our  ability  to  protect  our  proprietary 
technology and our brand.

Our  success  and  ability  to  compete  depend  in  part  upon  our  intellectual  property.  We  primarily  rely  on  a 
combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license 
agreements with our employees, customers, business partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. 
However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We make business decisions 
about when to seek patent protection for a particular technology and when to rely upon trade secret protection, and 
the approach we select may ultimately prove to be inadequate. Even in cases where we seek patent protection, there 
is no assurance that the resulting patents will effectively protect every significant feature of our products. In addition, 
we believe that the protection of our trademark rights is an important factor in product recognition, protecting our brand 
and maintaining goodwill and if we do not adequately protect our rights in our trademarks from infringement, any 
goodwill that we have developed in those trademarks could be lost or impaired, which could harm our brand and our 
business. In any event, in order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant 
resources to monitor and protect these rights.

For example, in order to promote the transparency and adoption of our downloadable software, we provide our 
customers with the ability to request a copy of the source code of those products, which they may customize for their 
internal use under limited license terms, subject to confidentiality and use restrictions. If any of our customers misuses 
or distributes our source code in violation of our agreements with them, or anyone else obtains access to our source 
code, it could cost us significant time and resources to enforce our rights and remediate any resulting competitive 
harms.

Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and 
distracting to management. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, 
counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, which could 
result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce 
our intellectual property rights could harm our brand and our business.

Our global operations and structure subject us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We  generally  conduct  our  global  operations  through  subsidiaries  and  report  our  taxable  income  in  various 
jurisdictions worldwide based upon our business operations in those jurisdictions. A change in our global operations 
or changes in tax laws or interpretations of such tax laws could result in higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows 
and  lower  overall  profitability.  In  particular,  our  intercompany  relationships  are  subject  to  complex  transfer  pricing 
regulations administered by taxing authorities in various jurisdictions. The relevant revenue and taxing authorities may 
disagree with positions we have taken generally, or our determinations as to the value of assets sold or acquired or 
income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business we are 
subject to tax audits from various taxing authorities. If such a disagreement were to occur, and our position was not 
sustained, or if a tax audit resulted in an adverse finding, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest and 
penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows and lower overall 
profitability of our operations.

24

Certain government agencies in jurisdictions where we do business have had an extended focus on issues 
related  to  the  taxation  of  multinational  companies.  In  addition,  the  Organization  for  Economic  Cooperation  and 
Development has completed the base erosion and profit shifting project which seeks to establish certain international 
standards for taxing the worldwide income of multinational companies. The measures have been endorsed by the 
leaders of the world’s 20 largest economies. Also, in March 2018, the European Commission proposed a series of 
measures aimed at ensuring a fair and efficient taxation of digital businesses operating within the European Union. As 
a result of these developments and the increasing focus by government taxing authorities on multinational companies, 
the tax laws of certain countries in which we do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any 
such changes could increase our liabilities for taxes, interest and penalties, lead to higher effective tax rates, and 
therefore could harm our cash flows, results of operations and financial position.

U.S. federal income tax reform could adversely affect us.

On December 22, 2017, the United States passed legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 
that significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, 
among  other  things,  includes  changes  to  U.S.  federal  tax  rates,  imposes  significant  additional  limitations  on  the 
deductibility of interest and executive compensation, allows for the expensing of capital expenditures and puts into 
effect the migration from a worldwide system of taxation to a territorial system. We do not expect the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act to have a material impact to our projection of minimal cash taxes. However, the full impact of this tax reform 
on our business in future years is still uncertain and could adversely affect us. 

Taxing authorities may successfully assert that we should have collected or in the future should collect sales 
and use, value-added or similar taxes, and we could be subject to liability with respect to past or future sales, 
which could harm our results of operations.

We do not collect sales and use, value-added and similar taxes in all jurisdictions in which we have sales, based 
on our understanding that such taxes are not applicable. Sales and use, value-added and similar tax laws and rates 
vary greatly by jurisdiction. Certain jurisdictions in which we do not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are 
applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to collect such 
taxes in the future. Such tax assessments, penalties and interest, or future requirements may harm our results of 
operations.

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may 
diminish the demand for our products, and could harm our business.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for 
commerce, communication, and business applications. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have 
in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial 
medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our products in order to comply with these 
changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have imposed and may impose additional taxes, 
fees, or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could 
limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for 
Internet-based products such as ours. In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be harmed due to 
delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, 
security,  reliability,  cost,  ease-of-use,  accessibility,  and  quality  of  service. The  performance  of  the  Internet  and  its 
acceptance  as  a  business  tool  has  been  harmed  by  phishing  attacks,  cyber-attacks,  viruses,  worms,  and  similar 
malicious programs and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to 
portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our products 
could decline and our business could be harmed.

We are exposed to credit risk and fluctuations in the market values of our investment portfolio.

Given the global nature of our business, we have diversified U.S. and non-U.S. investments. Credit ratings and 
pricing of our investments can be negatively affected by liquidity, credit deterioration, financial results, economic risk, 
political  risk,  sovereign  risk  or  other  factors. As  a  result,  the  value  and  liquidity  of  our  investments  may  fluctuate 
substantially. Therefore, although we have not realized any significant losses on our investments, future fluctuations 
in their value could result in a significant realized loss.

25

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international 
commerce and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. We have a large employee presence and 
operations in the San Francisco Bay Area, California. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake 
zones. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications 
failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system 
interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in our product availability, 
breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our business, results of operations and 
financial condition.

Additionally, we rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and applications, internal technology systems, 
and our websites for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted services and sales activities. If these 
systems were to fail or be negatively impacted as a result of a natural disaster or catastrophic event, our ability to 
conduct normal business operations and deliver products to our customers would be impaired.

As we grow our business, the need for business continuity planning and disaster recovery plans will grow in 
significance. If we are unable to develop adequate plans to ensure that our business functions continue to operate 
during and after a disaster or catastrophic event, and successfully execute on those plans, our business and reputation 
would be harmed.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, our results of 
operations could be harmed.

We are not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended 
(“Investment Company Act”) as we believe that we meet all the requirements for exemption provided under Rule 3a-8 
under the Investment Company Act. If we were obligated to register as an investment company, we would have to 
comply with a variety of substantive requirements under the Investment Company Act that impose, among other things, 
limitations on capital structure, restrictions on specified investments, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates, and 
compliance with reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy disclosure and other rules and regulations that would increase 
our operating expenses and may harm our results of operations.

Adverse economic conditions could negatively impact our business.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on 
us  or  our  customers.  Our  business  depends  on  demand  for  business  software  applications  generally  and  for 
collaboration  software  solutions  in  particular.  In  addition,  the  market  adoption  of  our  products  and  our  revenue  is 
dependent on the number of users of our products. To the extent that weak economic conditions reduce the number 
of personnel providing development or engineering services or that limit the available budgets within organizations for 
software products, demand for our products may be harmed. If economic conditions deteriorate, our customers and 
prospective customers may elect to decrease their information technology budgets, which would limit our ability to 
grow our business and harm our results of operations.

We may require additional capital to support our operations or the growth of our business and we cannot be 
certain that we will be able to secure this capital on favorable terms, or at all.

We may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, the repayment 
of our Notes, a decline in the level of license, subscription or maintenance revenue for our products, or other unforeseen 
circumstances. We may not be able to timely secure debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. Any debt 
financing obtained by us could involve restrictive covenants relating to financial and operational matters, which may 
make  it  more  difficult  for  us  to  obtain  additional  capital  and  to  pursue  business  opportunities,  including  potential 
acquisitions.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  further  issuances  of  equity,  convertible  debt  securities  or  other 
securities convertible into equity, our existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership 
of Atlassian, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of 
holders of our Class A ordinary shares. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory 
to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges 
could be significantly limited.

26

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Ordinary Shares 

The dual class structure of our ordinary shares has the effect of concentrating voting control with certain 
shareholders,  in  particular,  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  and  their  affiliates,  which  will  limit  our  other 
shareholders ability to influence the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.

Our Class B ordinary shares have ten votes per share and our Class A ordinary shares have one vote per share. 
As of June 30, 2019, shareholders who hold our Class B ordinary shares collectively hold approximately 91% of the 
voting power of our outstanding share capital and in particular, our Co-Chief Executive Officers, Michael Cannon-
Brookes and Scott Farquhar, collectively hold approximately 90% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital. 
The holders of our Class B ordinary shares will collectively continue to control a majority of the combined voting power 
of our share capital and therefore be able to control substantially all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval 
so long as our Class B ordinary shares represent at least 10% of all of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 
Class B ordinary shares in the aggregate. These holders of our Class B ordinary shares may also have interests that 
differ from holders of our Class A ordinary shares and may vote in a way which may be adverse to such interests. This 
concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of Atlassian, could 
deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of Atlassian and 
might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

If Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar retain a significant portion of their holdings of our Class B ordinary 
shares for an extended period of time, they will control a significant portion of the voting power of our share capital for 
the  foreseeable  future. As  members  of  our  board  of  directors,  Messrs. Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar  each  owe 
statutory and fiduciary duties to Atlassian and must act in good faith and in a manner they consider would be most 
likely to promote the success of Atlassian for the benefit of shareholders as a whole. As shareholders, Messrs. Cannon-
Brookes and Farquhar are entitled to vote their shares in their own interests, which may not always be in the interests 
of our shareholders generally. 

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating 
performance resulting in substantial losses for our Class A ordinary shareholders.

The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is volatile and could continue to fluctuate significantly regardless 

of our operating performance in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•  Actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

•  The financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to 

meet these projections;

•  Failure  of  securities  analysts  to  initiate  or  maintain  coverage  of Atlassian,  publication  of  inaccurate  or 
unfavorable  research  about  our  business,  changes  in  financial  estimates  or  ratings  changes  by  any 
securities  analysts  who  follow Atlassian  or  our  failure  to  meet  these  estimates  or  the  expectations  of 
investors;

•  Announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, new products, acquisitions, 

strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

•  Changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, 

or those in our industry in particular;

•  Price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends 

in the economy as a whole;

•  Actual  or  anticipated  developments  in  our  business  or  our  competitors’  businesses  or  the  competitive 

landscape generally;

•  Developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our products, or third-party proprietary 

rights;

•  Changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

•  New laws or regulations, new interpretations of existing laws, or the new application of existing regulations 

to our business;

•  Changes in tax laws or regulations; 

•  Any major change in our board of directors or management;

27

•  Additional Class A ordinary shares being sold into the market by us or our existing shareholders or the 

anticipation of such sales;

•  Arbitrage or hedging strategy by purchasers of our Notes and certain financial institutions in connection 

with our capped call transactions; 

•  Cyber-security and privacy breaches; 

• 

Lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

•  Other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these 

events.

In addition, the stock markets, and in particular the market on which our Class A ordinary shares are listed, 
have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices 
of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a 
manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, shareholders 
have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in 
securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from 
operating our business, and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Substantial future sales of our Class A ordinary shares could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary 
shares to decline.

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline as a result of substantial sales of our Class A 
ordinary shares, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant shareholders, or the perception 
in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. As of June 30, 2019, we had 118,184,933 
outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 124,722,559 outstanding Class B ordinary shares.

We have also registered Class A ordinary shares that we issue under our employee equity incentive plans. 

These shares may be sold freely in the public market upon issuance. 

Certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, including our founders, have 
rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their 
shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our shareholders.  Sales of our Class A ordinary 
shares pursuant to these registration rights may make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a 
time and at a price that we deem appropriate. These sales also could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary 
shares to fall and make it more difficult for our investors to sell our Class A ordinary shares at a price that they deem 
appropriate.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and 
affect our ability to attract and retain executive officers and qualified board members.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange 
Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing 
requirements of NASDAQ Global Select Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with 
these  rules  and  regulations  has  increased  our  legal  and  financial  compliance  costs,  making  some  activities  more 
difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and has increased demand on our systems and resources. Such demands would 
likely continue to increase, particularly if we were to lose our status as a “foreign private issuer” as discussed below. 
The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual reports with respect to our business and results 
of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and 
management oversight is required. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations 
applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which 
could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the pressures of operating a public 
company may divert management’s attention to delivering short-term results, instead of focusing on long-term strategy.

As a public company it is more expensive for us to maintain adequate director and officer liability insurance, 
and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These 
factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our 
board of directors. 

28

If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose 
confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A 
ordinary shares may be harmed.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any 
material weaknesses in such internal controls. We are required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness 
of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we identify material 
weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  if  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of 
Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent 
registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the 
market price of Class A ordinary shares could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations 
by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) or other 
regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our 
business,  and  do  not  anticipate  declaring  or  paying  any  cash  dividends  for  the  foreseeable  future. Any  return  to 
shareholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our share price, which may never occur.

Risks Related to Our Outstanding Notes

Paying amounts due in cash in respect of our outstanding Notes on interest payment dates, at maturity and 
upon exchange thereof will require a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from 
our business to pay when due, or raise the funds necessary to pay when due, amounts owed in respect of 
the Notes, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The ability to make scheduled payments of interest on, and principal of, to satisfy exchanges for cash in respect 
of,  and/or  to  refinance,  our  outstanding  Notes  depends  on  our  future  performance,  which  is  subject  to  economic, 
financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. If we are unable to generate enough cash flow to make 
payments on the Notes when due, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets or 
obtaining additional debt financing or equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to 
refinance the Notes, which we may need to do in order to satisfy our obligations thereunder, will depend on the capital 
markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage 
in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on the Notes. 

The  holders  of  the  Notes  have  the  right  to  require  us  to  repurchase  their  Notes  upon  the  occurrence  of  a 
fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes (the “Indenture”)) at a repurchase price equal 
to  100%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Notes  to  be  repurchased,  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest,  if  any.  Upon 
repurchase of the Notes, we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being repurchased. In 
addition, upon a holder’s exchange of the Notes for cash in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, we would be 
required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being exchanged in the manner set forth in the Indenture. 
We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases 
of, or exchange of, the Notes for cash. Our failure to repurchase the Notes or exchange the Notes for cash at a time 
when the repurchase or exchange is required by the Indenture governing the Notes would constitute a default under 
such Indenture. 

In  addition,  our  indebtedness  on  the  Notes,  combined  with  our  other  financial  obligations  and  contractual 

commitments, could have other important consequences. For example, it could:

•  Make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in government regulation and in the worldwide economic, 
industry and competitive environment;

• 

Limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;

•  Place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt;

Limit our ability to borrow additional amounts to fund acquisitions, for working capital and for other general 

• 
corporate purposes; and

•  Make an acquisition of the Company less attractive or more difficult.

29

Any of these factors could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we 
incur additional indebtedness, the risks related to our business and our ability to repay our indebtedness on the Notes 
would increase.

The conditional exchange feature of the Notes, when triggered, may adversely affect our liquidity and operating 
results.

When the conditional exchange feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of Notes are entitled to exchange the 
Notes at any time during specified periods, at their option. The conditional exchange feature of the Notes was triggered 
as of June 30, 2019, and the Notes are currently exchangeable at the option of the holders, in whole or in part, between 
July 1, 2019 and September 30, 2019. If holders elect to exchange their Notes during such fiscal quarter, we would 
be required to settle our exchange obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. 
In addition, even without holders electing to exchange their Notes during such fiscal quarter, we were required under 
applicable accounting rules to reclassify the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability 
as of June 30, 2019, resulting in a material reduction of our net working capital.

Whether the Notes will be exchangeable following such fiscal quarter will depend on the continued satisfaction 
of this condition or another exchange condition in the future. If holders elect to exchange their Notes during future 
periods following the satisfaction of an exchange condition, we would be required to settle our exchange obligation 
through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to 
exchange their Notes during such future periods, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify 
all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result 
in a material reduction of our net working capital. 

The accounting for the Notes may result in volatility to our reported financial results, which could adversely 
affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares trade.

We will settle exchanges of the Notes entirely in cash. Accordingly, the exchange feature that is part of the 
Notes will be accounted for as a derivative pursuant to accounting standards relating to derivative instruments and 
hedging activities. In general, this will result in an initial valuation of the exchange feature, which will be bifurcated from 
the debt component of the Notes, resulting in an original issue discount. The original issue discount will be amortized 
and recognized as a component of interest expense over the term of the Notes, which will result in an effective interest 
rate reported in our consolidated statements of operations significantly in excess of the stated interest rate of the Notes. 
Although this accounting treatment will not affect the amount of cash interest paid to holders of the Notes or our cash 
flows, it will reduce our earnings and could adversely affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares trade. 

Additionally, for each financial statement period after issuance of the Notes, a derivative gain or loss will be 
reported in our consolidated statements of operations to the extent the valuation of the exchange feature changes 
from the previous period. The capped call transactions described below and elsewhere in this annual report will also 
be  accounted  for  as  derivative  instruments. The  valuation  of  the  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  capped  call 
transactions utilizes significant observable and unobservable market inputs, including stock price, stock price volatility, 
and time to expiration of the Notes. The change of inputs at period end from the previous period may result in a material 
change  of  the  valuation  and  the  gain  or  loss  resulting  from  the  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  capped  call 
transactions may not completely offset each other. As such, there may be a material net impact to our consolidated 
statements of operations, which could adversely affect the price at which our Class A ordinary shares trade. 

The arbitrage or hedging strategy by purchasers of the Notes and Option Counterparties in connection with 
our capped call transactions may affect the value of our Class A ordinary shares.

We expect that many investors in, and potential purchasers of the Notes will employ, or seek to employ, an 
arbitrage strategy with respect to the Notes. Investors would typically implement such a strategy by selling short our 
Class A ordinary shares underlying the Notes and dynamically adjusting their short position while continuing to hold 
the Notes. Investors may also implement this type of strategy by entering into swaps on our Class A ordinary shares 
in lieu of or in addition to selling short our Class A ordinary shares. This activity could decrease (or reduce the size of 
any increase in) the market price of our Class A ordinary shares at that time.

In connection with the pricing of the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with 
certain financial institutions (the “Option Counterparties”). The capped call transactions are expected generally to offset 
cash payments due upon exchange of the Notes in excess of the principal amount thereof in the event that the market 
30

value per Class A ordinary share of the Company is at the time of exchange of the Notes greater than the strike price 
under the capped call transactions, with such offset subject to a cap based on the cap price. We believe the Option 
Counterparties, in connection with establishing their initial hedges of the capped call transactions, purchased our Class 
A  ordinary  shares  and/or  entered  into  various  derivative  transactions  with  respect  to  our  Class A  ordinary  shares 
concurrently with or shortly after the pricing of the Notes. The Option Counterparties may modify these initial hedge 
positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and/or purchasing 
or selling our Class A ordinary shares or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the maturity 
of the Notes. This activity could decrease, or reduce the size of any increase in the market price of our Class A ordinary 
shares at that time.

We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the capped call transactions.

The Option Counterparties are financial institutions, and we are subject to the risk that they might default under 
the capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the Option Counterparties is not secured by any collateral. 
If an Option Counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those 
proceedings,  with  a  claim  equal  to  our  exposure  at  that  time  under  the  capped  call  transactions  with  that  Option 
Counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, an increase in our exposure will be correlated 
to an increase in the market price and in the volatility of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, upon a default by an 
Option Counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and may, on a net basis, have to pay more cash to 
settle exchanges of the Notes. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the Option 
Counterparties.

Risks Related to being a Foreign Private Issuer or an English Company

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to report our financial results under IFRS, are exempt from certain 
rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company, 
and our Class A ordinary shares are not listed, and we do not intend to list our shares, on any market in the 
United Kingdom, our country of incorporation. This may limit the information available to holders of our Class A 
ordinary shares.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the SEC’s rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not 
subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For 
example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural 
requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under 
the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and 
directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act 
and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we have been, and expect 
to continue to, voluntarily submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC’s 
Form 6-K, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly 
as U.S. public companies and are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K 
under the Exchange Act. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive because of these exemptions, 
there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Furthermore, our shares are not listed and we do not currently intend to list our shares on any market in the 
United Kingdom, our country of incorporation. As a result, we are not subject to the reporting and other requirements 
of companies listed in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, there will be less publicly available information concerning 
Atlassian than there would be if we were a public company organized in the United States.

In addition, we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be 
certain significant differences between IFRS and GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, share-
based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported 
earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
As a result, it may be difficult to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that 
prepare financial statements under GAAP.

31

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices 
in lieu of certain requirements under the NASDAQ listing standards. This may afford less protection to holders 
of our Class A ordinary shares than U.S. regulations.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we are permitted to 
follow English corporate law and the Companies Act 2006 (“Companies Act”) with regard to certain aspects of corporate 
governance in lieu of certain requirements under the NASDAQ listing standards.

A  foreign  private  issuer  must  disclose  in  its  annual  reports  filed  with  the  SEC  each  requirement  under  the 
NASDAQ listing standards with which it does not comply, followed by a description of its applicable home country 
practice.  Our  home  country  practices  differ  in  significant  respects  from  the  corporate  governance  requirements 
applicable  to  U.S.  domestic  issuers  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  and  may,  therefore,  afford  less 
protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

We may rely on exemptions available under the NASDAQ listing standards to a foreign private issuer and follow 
our home country practices in the future, and as a result, our shareholders may not be provided with the benefits of 
certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost 
and expense.

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either 

(i) a majority of voting power of our shares must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents 

of the United States 

or 

(ii) (a) a majority of our executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents, (b) more than 50% 
of our assets cannot be located in the United States, and (c) our business must be administered principally outside 
the United States. 

If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements 
applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private 
issuers. We would also be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with 
GAAP and modify certain of our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC rules and the NASDAQ 
listing standards. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply 
with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer will likely be higher than the cost we would incur 
as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal 
and financial compliance costs. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations 
applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer 
liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified 
members of our board of directors.

Provisions contained in our articles of association and under the laws of England may frustrate or prevent 
an attempt to obtain control of us.

Provisions in our articles of association, as amended and restated, may have the effect of delaying or preventing 
a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated articles of association include provisions 
that:

•  Specify that general meetings of our shareholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chair 
of  our  board  of  directors,  or  one  of  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  (or  otherwise  by  shareholders  in 
accordance with the Companies Act); and

•  Provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, 

even though less than a quorum.

Provisions of the laws of England may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or 

changes in our management. The Companies Act includes provisions that:

•  Require  that  any  action  to  be  taken  by  our  shareholders  be  effected  at  a  duly  called  general  meeting 

(including the annual general meeting) and not by written consent; and

32

•  Require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares to amend 

the provisions of our articles of association.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current 
management  by  making  it  more  difficult  for  shareholders  to  replace  members  of  our  board  of  directors,  which  is 
responsible for appointing the members of our management.

In addition, because we are a public limited company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom, we may 
become subject to the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (“Takeover Code”), which is issued and administered 
by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (“Takeover Panel”). The Takeover Code applies, among other things, to 
an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the United Kingdom and whose securities are admitted to 
trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom (and for these purposes NASDAQ 
does not fall within the definition of regulated market or multilateral trading facility), or to an offer for a public company 
whose registered office is in the United Kingdom if Atlassian is considered by the Takeover Panel to have its place of 
central management and control in the United Kingdom. Although we believe that the Takeover Code does not apply 
to us, the Takeover Panel will be responsible for determining whether we have our place of central management and 
control in the United Kingdom by looking at various factors, including the structure of our board of directors and where 
they are resident.

If at the time of a takeover offer the Takeover Panel determines that we have our place of central management 
and control in the United Kingdom, or if at that time we have our shares admitted to trading on a regulated market or 
multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom (or a regulated market in one or more member states of the European 
Economic Area), we would be subject to a number of rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to, the following: 
(i) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely limited; (ii) we may not, 
without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an 
offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (iii) we would be obliged to provide equality 
of information to all bona-fide competing bidders.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares are governed by English 
law, including the provisions of the Companies Act, and by our articles of association. These rights differ in certain 
respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations organized under Delaware law. 

Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive rights if we increase our 
share capital.

Under the Companies Act, our shareholders generally have the right to subscribe and pay for a sufficient number 
of our shares to maintain their relative ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new shares in exchange 
for cash consideration. Shareholders in certain jurisdictions may not be able to exercise their pre-emptive rights unless 
securities laws have been complied with in such jurisdictions with respect to such rights and the related shares, or an 
exemption from the requirements of the securities laws of these jurisdictions is available. We currently do not intend 
to register the Class A ordinary shares under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States, and no assurance 
can  be  given  that  an  exemption  from  the  securities  laws  requirements  of  other  jurisdictions  will  be  available  to 
shareholders in these jurisdictions. To the extent that such shareholders are not able to exercise their pre-emptive 
rights, the pre-emptive rights would lapse, and the proportional interests of such shareholders would be reduced.

Further,  the  Companies  Act  provides  that  in  certain  circumstances  the  pre-emptive  rights  available  to 
shareholders  can  be  overridden,  including  where  there  is  an  issue  of  shares  for  non-cash  consideration  or  the 
disapplication of the pre-emptive rights is approved by the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares. Our 
shareholders have approved the disapplication of these pre-emptive rights for a period of five years from our fiscal 
2017 annual shareholder meeting.

U.S. holders of our shares could be subject to material adverse tax consequences if we are considered a 
“passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We do not believe that we are a passive foreign investment company, and we do not expect to become a passive 
foreign investment company. However, our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets, income and activities 
in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can 
be no assurance that we will not be considered a passive foreign investment company for the current taxable year or 
any future taxable years. If we were a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year while a taxable U.S. 
holder held our shares, such U.S. holder would generally be taxed at ordinary income rates on any sale of our shares 

33

and on any dividends treated as “excess distributions.” An interest charge also generally would apply based on any 
taxation deferred during such U.S. holder’s holding period in the shares. 

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against us, our directors, or our executive officers.

Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to us, and not, except in certain limited 
circumstances, to shareholders. This means that under English law generally we, rather than the shareholders, are 
the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to us by a director. Notwithstanding this general position, 
the Companies Act provides that a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim, which is an action in 
respect of and on behalf of us, in respect of a cause of action arising from a director’s negligence, default, breach of 
duty or breach of trust. The ability to bring a derivative claim is, however, subject to compliance with a number of 
procedural requirements, which may in practice be difficult for shareholders to comply with.

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England. Certain of our directors and executive 
officers reside outside the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of our assets and a substantial portion of 
the assets of such directors and executive officers, are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult 
for an investor to serve legal process on us or our directors and executive officers or have any of them appear in a 
U.S. court.

It may not be possible to bring proceedings or enforce a judgment of a U.S. court in respect of civil liabilities 
predicated on the U.S. federal securities laws in England. The English courts will not enforce, either directly or indirectly, 
a penal, revenue or other public law of a foreign state. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in 
the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England. An award of damages is usually considered to be 
punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is instead intended to punish 
the defendant. In addition to public policy aspects of enforcement, the enforceability of any judgment in England will 
depend on the particular facts of the case such as the nature of the judgment and whether the English court considered 
the U.S. court to have had jurisdiction. It will also depend on the laws and treaties in effect at that time. The United 
States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty or convention providing for the reciprocal recognition 
and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, to enforce 
a judgment of a U.S. court, the party seeking to enforce the judgment must bring an action at common law in respect 
of the amount due under the judgment.

Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

Corporate Information

 Atlassian Corporation Plc was incorporated and registered in the United Kingdom in November 2013 as a 
public company limited by shares. Our registered office is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 
2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP. Our principal offices are located at Level 6, 341 George St., Sydney, NSW, 2000 
Australia for Atlassian Pty Ltd and at 350 Bush Street, Floor 13, San Francisco, California 94104 for Atlassian, Inc.

Atlassian Corporation Plc is a holding company and we conduct substantially all of our business through certain 

of our subsidiaries, including Atlassian Pty Ltd and Atlassian, Inc.

The principal laws and legislation under which we operate and under which the Class A ordinary shares and 

Class B ordinary shares are issued is the Companies Act and the regulations made thereunder.

In October 2018, we acquired OpsGenie, Inc. (“OpsGenie”), a leader in incident alerting and on-call schedule 
management. The total purchase price was approximately $259.5 million in cash consideration. The acquisition of 
OpsGenie complements our current product offerings and enables customers to plan for and respond to IT service 
disruptions. 

Additionally,  in April  2019  we acquired AgileCraft  LLC  (“AgileCraft”),  a  leading  provider  of  enterprise  agile 
planning software. The total purchase price was approximately $154.0 million in cash and $1.7 million in fair value of 
replacement shares attributable to service provided prior to acquisition.The acquisition of AgileCraft complements our 
current product offerings and helps enterprise organizations build and manage a ‘master plan’ of their most strategic 
projects and workstreams. AgileCraft was rebranded as “Jira Align” after the acquisition.

34

 
The SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, 
and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is atlassian.com. 
The information contained on our website is not part of this annual report.

B. Business Overview

Our mission is to unleash the potential of every team.

Our company was founded in 2002 to help software teams work better together. But from the beginning, our 
products were also designed to help developers collaborate with non-developer teams involved in software innovation. 
As more non-developer teams have gained exposure to our products, and as we add to our portfolio through research 
and development and acquisitions, teams are adopting and extending our products to novel use cases, bringing our 
products  to  more  users  and  business  teams  in  their  organizations.  This  trend  has  created  an  expansive  market 
opportunity for us. 

Our products help teams organize, discuss, and complete their work – delivering superior outcomes for their 
organizations. Our primary products include Jira Software, targeting software teams, and Jira Core, targeting other 
business teams (collectively, “Jira”) for planning and project management, Confluence for content creation and sharing, 
Trello  for  capturing  and  adding  structure  to  fluid,  fast-forming  work  for  teams,  Bitbucket  for  code  sharing  and 
management, Jira Service Desk for team service and support applications, Opsgenie for incident management, and 
Jira Align for enterprise agile planning. Together, our products form an integrated system for organizing, discussing 
and completing shared work, becoming deeply entrenched in how people collaborate and how organizations run. 

We begin with a deep investment in product development to create and refine high-quality and versatile products 
that users love. By making our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and transparently sharing our pricing 
online for most of our products, we do not follow the practice of opaque pricing and discounting that is typical in the 
enterprise software industry. We pursue customer volume, targeting every organization, regardless of size, industry, 
or geography. This allows us to operate at unusual scale for an enterprise software company, with more than 150,000 
customers across virtually every industry sector in approximately 190 countries as of June 30, 2019. Our customers 
range from small organizations that have adopted one of our products for a small group of users, to over two-thirds of 
the Fortune 500, many of which use a combination of our products across thousands of users.

We take a long-term view of our customer relationships and our opportunity. We recognize that users drive the 
adoption and proliferation of our products and, as a result, we focus on enabling a self-service, low-friction distribution 
model that makes it easy for users to try, adopt, and use our products. We are relentlessly focused on measuring and 
improving user satisfaction as we know that one happy user will beget another, thereby expanding the large and organic 
word-of-mouth community that helps drive our growth. 

The Atlassian Way

Our product strategy, distribution model and Company culture work in concert to create unique value for our 

customers and competitive advantages for our Company.

We invest significantly in developing and refining versatile products that can be used in myriad ways, helping 
teams achieve their full potential. Our products are easy to adopt and use, which allows them to be distributed organically 
and efficiently.

Because our products are easy to purchase and are offered at affordable price points, they can be sold through 
a high-velocity, low-friction online distribution model. This model allows us to generate demand from word-of-mouth 
and viral expansion within organizations, rather than having to rely on a traditional sales infrastructure. Our model is 
designed to operate at scale and serve millions of customers. 

Our culture of innovation, transparency, and dedication to our customers drives our success in implementing 
and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach creates a self-reinforcing effect that fosters innovation, 
quality, customer satisfaction, scale, and profitability. As a result of this strategy, we invest significantly more in research 
and development activities than in traditional sales activities relative to other enterprise software companies.

35

Our Product Strategy

We have developed and acquired a broad portfolio of products that help teams large and small to organize, 
discuss, and complete their work in a new way that is coordinated, efficient and innovative. Our products serve the 
needs of teams of software developers, IT professionals, and knowledge workers. While these products provide a 
range of distinct functionality to users, they share certain core attributes:

•  Built for Teams - Our products are singularly designed to help teams work better together and achieve more. 
We design products that help our customers collaborate more effectively, be more transparent and operate in 
a coordinated manner. 

•  Easy to Adopt and Use - We invest significantly in research and development to enable our products to be 
both powerful and extremely easy to use. Our software is designed to be accessed from the Internet and 
immediately put to work. By reducing the friction that usually accompanies the purchasing process of business 
software  and eliminating  the  need  for  complicated  and  costly  implementation  and  training,  we  believe  we 
attract more people to try, buy, and derive value from our software. 

•  Versatile and Adaptable - We design simple products that are useful in a broad range of workflows and 
projects. We believe that our products can improve any process involving teams, multiple workstreams, and 
deadlines. For example, Jira, which enables software teams to plan, build, and ship code, is also used by 
thousands  of  our  customers  to  manage  workflows  related  to  product  design,  supply  chain  management, 
expense management, and legal document review. 

• 

Integrated - Our products are integrated and designed to work well together. For example, the status of an 
IT service ticket generated in Jira Service Desk can be viewed in Confluence, providing visibility to business 
stakeholders. 

•  Open - We are dedicated to making our products open and interoperable with a range of other platforms and 
applications, such as Slack, salesforce.com, Workday, and Dropbox. In order to provide a platform for our 
partners and to promote useful products for our users, in 2012 we introduced the Atlassian Marketplace, an 
online  marketplace  that  features  thousands  of  apps  created  by  a  growing  global  network  of  independent 
developers and vendors. The Atlassian Marketplace provides customers a wide range of additional capabilities 
they use to extend or enhance our products, further increasing the value of our platform. 

Our Distribution Model

Our high-velocity, low-friction distribution model is designed to drive exceptional customer scale by making 
affordable products available online. We focus on product quality, automated distribution, transparent pricing, and 
customer service in lieu of a costly traditional sales infrastructure. We primarily rely on word-of-mouth and low-touch 
demand generation to drive trial, adoption, and expansion of our products.

The following are key attributes of our unique model:

• 

Innovation-driven - Relative to other enterprise software companies, we invest significantly in research and 
development rather than marketing and sales. Our goal is to focus our spending on measures that improve 
quality, ease of adoption, and expansion, and create organic customer demand for our products. We also 
invest in ways to automate and streamline distribution and customer support functions to enhance our customer 
experience and improve our efficiency. 

In addition, a portion of our research and development spending is directed towards demand generation and 
customer conversion. For example, we have invested in the development of an internal platform that analyzes 
customer behavior and promotes additional products directly to users in the context of their activity.

•  Simple and Affordable - We offer our products at affordable prices in a simple and transparent format. For 
example, a customer coming to our website can evaluate, purchase and set up a Jira license, for 10 users or 
50,000+ users, based on a transparent list price, without any interaction with a sales person. This approach, 
which stands in contrast to the opaque and complex pricing plans offered by most traditional enterprise software 

36

         
vendors, is designed to complement the easy-to-use, easy-to-adopt nature of our products and accelerate 
adoption by large volumes of new customers.

•  Organic and Expansive - Our model benefits significantly from customer word-of-mouth driving traffic to our 
website. The vast majority of our transactions are conducted on our website, which drastically reduces our 
customer acquisition costs. We also benefit from distribution leverage via our network of solution partners, 
who resell and customize our products. Once we have landed within a customer team, the networked nature 
and flexibility of our products tend to lead to adoption by other teams and departments, resulting in user growth, 
new use cases, and the adoption of our other products. 

•  Scale-oriented - Our model is designed to generate and benefit from significant customer scale and our goal 
is to maximize the number of individual users of our software. With more than 150,000 customers using our 
software today, we are able to reach a vast number of users, gather insights to refine our offerings, and generate 
revenue growth by expanding within our customer accounts. With 4,091 customers paying us in excess of 
$50,000  during  fiscal  year  2019,  many  of  whom  started  as  significantly  smaller  customers,  we  have 
demonstrated our ability to grow within our existing customer base. Ultimately, our model is designed to serve 
millions of customers and to benefit from the data, network effects, and customer insights that emerge from 
such scale.

•  Data-driven - Our scale and the design of our model allows us to gather insights into and improve the customer 
experience. We track, test, nurture and refine every step of the customer journey and our users' experience. 
This allows us to intelligently manage our funnel of potential users, drive conversion, and promote additional 
products to existing users. Our scale has enabled us to experiment with various approaches to these tasks 
and constantly tune our strategies for user satisfaction and growth.

Our Culture

Our company culture is exemplified by our core values: 

The following are the key elements of our corporate culture that contribute to our ability to drive customer value 

and achieve competitive differentiation:

•  Openness and Innovation - We value transparency and openness as an organization. We believe that putting 
product pricing and documentation online promotes trust and makes customers more comfortable engaging 
with our low-touch model. In addition, we are dedicated to innovation and encourage our employees to invent 
new applications, uses, and improvements for our software. We run our Company using our own products, 
which promotes open communication and transparency throughout the organization.

•  Dedication to the Customer - Customer service and support is at the core of our business. Our customer 
support teams strive to provide unparalleled service to our customers. We also encourage our service teams 
to build scalable, self-service solutions that customers will love, as we believe superior service drives greater 
customer happiness, which in turn breeds positive word-of-mouth. 

•  Team-driven  -  As  our  mission  is  to  unleash  the  potential  of  every  team,  we  value  teamwork  highly.  We 
encourage our employees to be both team oriented and entrepreneurial in identifying problems and inventing 
solutions. Dedication to teamwork starts at the top of our organization with our unique co-CEO structure, and 
is celebrated throughout our Company. 

37

•  Long-term Focused - We believe that we are building a company that can grow and prosper for decades to 
come. Our model, in which we expand across our customers’ organizations over time, requires a patient, long-
term approach, and a dedication to continuous improvement. This is exemplified by our investment in research 
and development, which is significant relative to traditional software models and is designed to drive the long-
term sustainability of our product leadership. Given the choice between short-term results and building long-
term scale, we choose the latter.

Our Financial Model

By developing a product strategy, distribution model, and culture that are designed around the needs of our 
customers and users, we believe that we have established a financial model that is favorable for our shareholders. 
Our model has allowed us to grow customers and revenue steadily while generating positive free cash flow for each 
of  the  last  14  fiscal  years.  Our  model  relies  on  rapidly  and  efficiently  landing  new  customers  and  expanding  our 
relationship with them over time. The following are the key elements of our model:

•  Significant  Investment  in  Ongoing  Product  Development  and  Sales Automation  -  Our  research  and 
development investments enable us to rapidly build new products, continuously enhance our existing products, 
acquire  and  integrate  technologies,  obtain  data-driven  insights,  and  further  automate  and  streamline  our 
approach to customer acquisition.

•  Rapid and Efficient Acquisition of New Customers - By building products that are affordable and easy to 
adopt and use, we are able to attract customers rapidly without relying primarily on a traditional sales force, 
thereby lowering the cost of customer acquisition significantly. 

•  Continued Expansion - Our success is dependent on our ability to expand the relationship with our existing 

base of customers through the addition of more users, teams and products.

•  Predictability of Sales - As we are not dependent on a traditional sales force and primarily rely on a high-
velocity, low-friction online distribution model, we have historically experienced a linear quarterly sales cycle. 
Once teams begin working together with our software, we become embedded in their workflows, becoming a 
system for engagement within organizations. This degree of integration makes our products difficult to displace 
and provides us with steady and predictable revenue.

•  Positive Free Cash Flow - By reducing customer acquisition costs and establishing a revenue model that 
has scaled linearly, our model has allowed us to have positive free cash flow for more than the last 14 fiscal 
years.

Our Products 

         We offer a range of team collaboration products, including:

• 

Jira for team planning and project management; 

•  Confluence for team content creation and sharing; 

•  Trello for capturing and adding structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams; 

•  Bitbucket for team code sharing and management; 

• 

Jira Service Desk for team service and support applications;

•  Opsgenie for incident management; and

• 

Jira Align for enterprise agile planning.

These products can be deployed by users through the cloud and many of our products can be deployed behind 

the firewall on the customers' own infrastructure.

38

Jira. Jira provides a sophisticated and flexible workflow management system that helps teams plan, organize, track 
and manage their work and projects. Jira’s customizable dashboards and powerful reporting features keep teams 
aligned and on track. 

Confluence. Confluence is a social and flexible content collaboration platform used to create, share, organize, and 
discuss projects. Through Confluence’s rich and dynamic editor, our customers create and share their work - meeting 
notes,  blogs,  product  requirements,  file  lists,  company  information,  or  project  plans  -  with  their  team  or  external 
customers. Confluence’s collaborative capabilities enable teams to stay up to date and on the same page.

Trello. Trello is a collaboration and organization product that captures and adds structure to fluid, fast-forming work 
for teams. A project management application that can organize your tasks into lists and boards, Trello can tell users 
and their teams what is being worked on, by whom, and how far along the task or project is. At the same time, Trello 
is extremely simple and flexible, which allows it to serve a vast number of other collaboration and organizational needs.  

Bitbucket. Bitbucket is a code management and collaboration product for teams using distributed version control 
systems. Bitbucket empowers teams to build, store, test, collaborate and deploy shared code. 

Jira Service Desk. Jira Service Desk is an intuitive and flexible service desk product for creating and managing service 
experiences for a variety of service team providers, including IT, legal, and HR teams. Jira Service Desk features an 
elegant self-service portal, best-in-class team collaboration, ticket management, integrated knowledge, service level 
agreement support, and real-time reporting. 

Opsgenie.  Opsgenie  is  an  incident  management  tool  that  enables  IT  teams  to  plan  for  and  respond  to  service 
disruptions. Opsgenie quickly routes alerts to the appropriate IT teams, speeding diagnosis and resolution, and reducing 
downtime.

Jira Align.  Jira Align helps enterprise organizations build and manage a ‘master plan’ that maps strategic projects to 
the  various  work  streams  required  to  deliver  them.  Jira Align  provides  business  leaders  with  better  visibility  into 
bottlenecks, risks, and dependencies, as well as more accuracy around capacity planning and measuring return on 
investment.

Other Products 

We also offer additional tools, including Atlassian Access, Bamboo, Crowd, Crucible, Fisheye, Jira Portfolio, 

Sourcetree and Statuspage.

In July 2018, we announced a strategic partnership with Slack. With this partnership, we exited the real-time 
communications  space.  Slack  acquired  the  intellectual  property  for  Stride  and  Hipchat  Cloud,  both  of  which  were 
discontinued. 

Key Technologies and Capabilities 

Our products and technology infrastructure are designed to provide simple-to-use and versatile products with 
industry-standard security and data protection that scales to organizations of all sizes, from five user teams to large 
organizations  with  thousands  of  users.  Maintaining  the  security  and  integrity  of  our  infrastructure  is  critical  to  our 
business. As such, we leverage standard security and monitoring tools to ensure performance across our network.

The Atlassian Platform

Our products are built upon a platform of shared components and services that provide a common system for 
user management, add-ons, search, user interfaces and more. Over time, our strategy is to build more common micro 
services shared across our platform. This approach allows us to develop and introduce new products faster, as we 
can  leverage  common  foundational  services  that  already  exist. This  also  allows  our  products  to  more  seamlessly 
integrate with one another, and provides customers better experiences when using multiple products.

One component of our platform is the Atlassian User Interface (“AUI”), a library of JavaScript, CSS, templates 
and other resources for quickly creating interfaces that conform to Atlassian design guidelines. AUI is integrated into 

39

our products, and is also available externally so third-party developers can build products that conform to our interface 
specifications.

Atlassian Connect

Open APIs and extensibility have been a hallmark of our products for many years. We offer a broad set of 
representational state transfer (REST)-based APIs to interact with many of our products features and data. Atlassian 
Connect is a framework to build apps for our products. An app may be an integration with another existing service, a 
set of new features for an Atlassian application, or an entirely new product that runs within an application. Atlassian 
Connect add-ons operate remotely over HTTP and can be written with any programming language and web framework.

Atlassian Connect apps must conform to a set of approval guidelines administered by us and can be publicly 

offered by third parties and sold via the Atlassian Marketplace.

The Atlassian Marketplace and Ecosystem

The Atlassian Marketplace is a hosted online marketplace for free and purchasable apps to our products. The 
Atlassian  Marketplace  offers  thousands  of  apps  from  a  large  and  growing  ecosystem  of  third-party  vendors  and 
developers. 

We offer the Atlassian Marketplace to customers to simplify the discovery and purchase of add-on capabilities 
for our products and to third-party vendors and developers to more easily reach our customer base, and to simplify 
license management and renewals. Our portion of revenue derived from each add-on sale to the vendors is typically 
25%. In fiscal year 2019, the Atlassian Marketplace generated over $300 million in purchases.

Marketing 

Our go-to-market approach is driven by the strength and innovation of our products and organic user demand. 
Our model focuses on a land-and-expand strategy, automated and low-touch customer service, superior product quality, 
and disruptive pricing. We make our products easy to set up and try, which facilitates rapid and widespread adoption 
of our software. Our products are built for teams, and thus have natural network effects that help them spread virally, 
through word-of-mouth, across teams and departments. This word-of-mouth marketing increases as more individual 
users and teams discover our products.

Our marketing efforts focus on growing our company brand, building broader awareness and increasing demand 
for each of our products. We invest in brand and product promotion, demand generation through direct marketing and 
advertising, and content development to help educate the market about the benefits of our products. We also leverage 
insights gathered from our users and customers to improve our targeting and ultimately the return-on-investment from 
our marketing activities. Data-driven marketing is an important part of our business model, which focuses on continuous 
product improvement and automation in customer engagement and service.

Sales 

Our website is our primary forum for sales, and supports thousands of commercial transactions daily. We share 
a wide variety of information directly with prospective customers, including detailed product information and product 
pricing. Our sales model focuses on enabling customer self-service, data-driven targeting and automation. As a result, 
we do not rely primarily on a traditional, commissioned direct sales force. We focus on allowing purchasing to be 
coordinated online through an automated, easy-to-use web-based process that permits payment using a credit card 
or bank/wire transfer. We augment rigorous and continuously-improving automated processes with a customer service 
team to help customers where needed and identify future automation improvements.

We also have a global network of solution partners with unique expertise, services and products that complement 
the Atlassian  portfolio,  such  as  deployment  and  customization  services,  localized  purchasing  assistance  around 
currency, and language and specific in-country compliance requirements. Sales programs consist of activities and 
teams focused on supporting our solution partners, tracking channel sales activity, supporting and servicing our largest 
customers by helping optimize their experience across our product portfolio, helping customers expand their use of 
our products across their organizations and helping product evaluators learn how they can use our tools most effectively. 

40

 
    
    
  
Community and Ecosystem 

We are deeply committed to our global community, with over 25,000 third-party developers on the Atlassian 
platform and a network of over 500 solution partners. We foster a sense of community with our users through our 
Atlassian Community Events (“ACE”) program, where users can meet in their local cities at annual live customer and 
developer  events,  including Atlassian  Summit, Atlassian  Open, Atlas  Camp,  and Atlassian  Community,  our  online 
community which features user-generated questions and answers with in-depth discussion of our products. 

ACEs are community-led meetups held around the world that we sponsor and are run by a network of enthusiastic 

and committed customers who develop an agenda covering wide-ranging topics for users to discuss together.

The Atlassian Summit is our user event where our users can engage and learn from thousands of other users 
and hundreds of product experts. We use the event to share future product themes, deeper how-tos and customer-
lead adoption best practices. The event also features product demos and hands-on training courses and is a large 
networking opportunity for customers to meet each other, our partner ecosystem, and our employees.

Atlassian Open is a multi-city event where users can learn how to make teams more open, powerful, effective 

and happier. During these events we share how we’re creating the future of teamwork. 

Atlas Camp is our developer conference which provides an opportunity for the developer community to enhance 
their skills and knowledge of our products, including the integration capabilities of our platform, and meet with product 
specialists.

Customer Support and Services 

We focus on designing products that are easy to set up, adopt, and use without support. We provide maintenance 
and support for all of our licensed customers through our global, multi-channel technical support and services group. 
Customers are entitled to technical support through an active subscription to our cloud products, or through an active 
annual maintenance agreement for our on-premises products. This maintenance and support provides customers with 
new features and improvements, and 24x7 access to our phone and online support teams.

Our automated support services enable our customers to help themselves and include the following resources:

•  Technical Documentation - Users can access documentation and instruction for all versions of our products. 

•  Knowledge Base - We offer troubleshooting and how-to tips for all of our products, with links to all our product-

specific knowledge bases. 

•  Atlassian University - Atlassian University offers step-by-step interactive tutorials and videos that instruct 

users and admins on how to use our product.

•  Over-the-web Hands-on Training - Webinars, led by our skilled training instructors, teach users how to 

use each product. 

•  Atlassian Community - Atlassian Community is our online community for users to ask questions and provide 

answers and contribute in-depth discussions on our products and features. 

•  Purchasing FAQ - We offer a simple guide to the online purchasing and account management service.

We  also  offer  premier  hands-on  support  from  a  team  of  dedicated  senior  support  engineers  and  technical 

account managers who act as a single point of contact for our support, product and engineering teams. 

Further customized support and professional services are provided through Atlassian solution partners. We 
have over 500 solution partners worldwide dedicated to handling specific needs of our customers, such as translating 
documentation, providing on-site demos or training, building add-ons, tuning deployments, assisting with complex 
enterprise solutions, and providing setup or agile-based coaching. Our solution partners specialize in environment 
integrations and customizations and work with some of our largest customers to conduct hands-on system integrations, 
deployments, and upgrades.

41

 
Competition 

Our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes in every industry, from software and technical teams, to IT 

and service teams, to a broad array of business teams.

Our competitors range from large technology vendors to new and emerging businesses in each of the markets 

we serve:

•  Software Teams - Our competitors include large technology vendors, including Microsoft and IBM, and smaller 
companies like GitHub (acquired by Microsoft) and Gitlab that offer project management, collaboration and 
developer tools. 

• 

IT Teams - Our competitors range from cloud vendors, including ServiceNow, salesforce.com, PagerDuty, 
Freshworks, and Zendesk, to legacy vendors such as BMC Software (Remedy) that offer service desk solutions. 

•  Business Teams - Our competitors range from large technology vendors, including Microsoft, IBM and Google, 
that  offer  a  suite  of  products,  to  smaller  companies  like Asana,  which  offer  point  solutions  for  enterprise 
collaboration.

In most cases, due to the flexibility and breadth of our products, we co-exist alongside many of our competitors' 

products within our own customer base.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include product capabilities, flexibility, total cost of ownership, 
ease of access and use, performance and scalability, integration, customer satisfaction and global reach. Our product 
strategy, distribution model and company culture allow us to compete favorably on all these factors. Through our focus 
on research and development we are able to rapidly innovate, offer a breadth of products that are easy to use yet 
powerful, are integrated and delivered through multiple deployment options from cloud, to on-premises software to 
highly scalable data center solutions. Our high-velocity, low-friction online distribution model allows us to efficiently 
reach customers globally without the need to invest in a traditional sales force. Our culture enables us to focus on 
customer success through superior products, transparent pricing and world-class customer support.

Our  employees  are  our  greatest  asset  and  we  strive  to  foster  a  collaborative,  productive  and  fun  work 

environment. As of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 we had 3,616, 2,638, and 2,193 employees, respectively.

Employees 

42

 
C. Organizational Structure

Atlassian Corporation Plc is a holding company and we conduct substantially all of our business through certain 

of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2019, our subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, are as follows: 

Name
Atlassian (UK) Limited
Atlassian (UK) Holdings Limited
Atlassian (Australia) Limited
Atlassian (Global) Limited (1)
Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited
Atlassian, Inc. 
Atlassian Network Services, Inc. 
Dogwood Labs, Inc. 
Trello, Inc.
AgileCraft LLC
AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd
OpsGenie, Inc.

iFountain, LLC
Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd
Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd
Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. 
Atlassian Pty Ltd
Good Software Co. Pty. Ltd. 
Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd. 
MITT Australia Pty Ltd
MITT Trust
Atlassian K.K. 
Atlassian Germany GmbH
Atlassian Holdings B.V. 
Atlassian Philippines, Inc. 
Atlassian France SAS
Atlassian B.V.
Atlassian Canada Inc. 
Atlassian India LLP

Country of Incorporation
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
Australia
United States of America
Turkey
United States of America
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Japan
Germany
Netherlands
Philippines
France
Netherlands
Canada
India

(1) Atlassian (Global) Limited is currently in liquidation. 

D. Property, Plant and Equipment

We  lease  approximately  238,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in  Sydney,  Australia  under  various  lease 
agreements. We lease approximately 419,000 square feet of office space in the San Francisco Bay Area, California, 
under various lease agreements. We also lease other office facilities around the world, including in Austin, Texas; New 
York, New York; Boston, Massachusetts; the Netherlands; Japan; the Philippines; India; and Turkey. 

We anticipate leasing additional office space in future periods to support our growth. We intend to further expand 
our facilities or add new facilities as we add employees and enter new geographic markets, and we believe that suitable 
additional or alternative space will be available as needed to accommodate any such growth. However, we expect to 
incur additional expenses in connection with such new or expanded facilities.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

43

 
Item 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Our mission is to unleash the potential of every team.

Our products help teams organize, discuss and complete shared work—delivering superior outcomes for their 

organizations.

Our products serve teams of all shapes and sizes, in virtually every industry. Our primary products include Jira 
for planning and project management, Confluence for content creation and sharing, Trello for capturing and adding 
structure to fluid, fast-forming work for teams, Bitbucket for code sharing and management, Jira Service Desk for team 
service and support applications, Opsgenie for incident management, and Jira Align for enterprise agile planning. 

We begin with a deep investment in product development to create and refine high-quality and versatile products 
that users love. By making our products affordable for organizations of all sizes and transparently sharing our pricing 
online, we do not follow the common practice of opaque pricing and discounting that is typical in the enterprise software 
industry. We pursue customer volume, targeting every organization, regardless of size, industry or geography. 

To reach this expansive market, we primarily distribute and sell our products online without traditional sales 
infrastructure where our customers can get started in minutes without the need for assistance. We focus on enabling 
a self-service, low-friction model that makes it easy for customers to try, adopt and use our products. By making our 
products simple, powerful, affordable and easy to adopt, we generate demand from word-of-mouth and viral expansion 
within organizations.

Our culture of innovation, transparency and dedication to customer service drives our success in implementing 
and refining this unique approach. We believe this approach creates a self-reinforcing effect that fosters innovation, 
quality, customer happiness, scale and profitability. As a result of this strategy, we invest significantly more in research 
and development activities than in traditional sales activities relative to other enterprise software companies.

A substantial majority of our sales are automated through our website, including sales of our products through 
our solution partners and resellers. Our solution partners and resellers primarily focus on customers in regions that 
require local language support. Sales through indirect channels comprised over one-third of total revenues for fiscal 
year  2019.  We  plan  to  continue  to  invest  in  our  partner  programs  to  help  us  enter  and  grow  in  new  markets, 
complementing our automated, low-touch approach.

We generate revenues primarily in the form of subscriptions, maintenance, perpetual license and other sources. 
Customers typically pay us 100% of the initial perpetual license fee as maintenance revenue annually, beginning in 
the  first  year.  Maintenance  provides  our  customers  with  access  to  new  product  features  and  customer  support. 
Maintenance revenue combined with a subscription revenue business, through our cloud and Data Center products, 
results in a large recurring revenue base. In each of the past three fiscal years, more than 75% of our total revenues 
have been of a recurring nature from either maintenance fees or subscriptions.

Key Business Metrics

We review the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting 

our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

Customers

We have successfully demonstrated a history of growing both our customer base and spend per customer 
through growth in users, purchase of new licenses and adoption of new products. We believe that our ability to attract 
new customers and grow our customer base drives our success as a business.

As of June 30, 2019, we had 152,727 customers. With these customers using our software today, we are able 
to reach a vast number of users, gather insights to refine our offerings and generate growing revenue by expanding 
within our customer base. No single customer contributed more than 1% of our total revenues during the fiscal year 
ended June 30, 2019.

We define the number of customers at the end of any particular period as the number of organizations with 
unique domains that have at least one active and paid license or subscription of our products for which they paid 
approximately $10 or more per month. While a single customer may have distinct departments, operating segments, 
or subsidiaries with multiple active licenses or subscriptions of our products, if the product deployments share a unique 

44

domain name, we only include the customer once for purposes of calculating this metric. We define active licenses 
as those licenses that are under an active maintenance or subscription contract as of period end.

Our customers, as defined in this metric, have generated substantially all of our revenue in each of the periods 
presented. Including organizations who have only adopted our free or starter products, the active use of our products 
extends well beyond our 152,727 customers. 

The following table sets forth our number of customers:

Customers

As of June 30,

2019
152,727 ***

2018
125,796 **

2017

89,237*

* Includes an increase in customers of 12,789 in February 2017 as a result of our acquisition of Trello. 

** Includes an increase in customers of 14,263 due primarily to Bitbucket Cloud pricing changes as we moved 
from a tiered pricing model to a per-user pricing model. As a result, certain organizations using Bitbucket Cloud 
who had not previously met our definition of a “customer” now qualify as customers.

*** Includes an increase of 1,396 customers as a result of our acquisition of OpsGenie and an increase of 
approximately 2,500 Trello customers as a result of the open board limits we introduced for Trello.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow is a non-IFRS financial measure that we calculate as net cash provided by operating activities 

less net cash used in investing activities for capital expenditures.

Net cash provided by operating activities

Less: Capital expenditures

Free cash flow

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

$ 466,342 $ 311,456 $ 199,381

(44,192)

(30,209)

(15,129)

$ 422,150 $ 281,247 $ 184,252

Free cash flow increased by $140.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 due to a $154.9 

million increase of net cash provided by operating activities, offset by a $14.0 million increase of capital 
expenditures as we continue to invest in our facilities.

For  more  information  about  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities,  please  see    “Liquidity  and  Capital 

Resources”.

A. Operating Results

Components of Results of Operations

Sources of Revenues

The Group adopted IFRS 15 as of July 1, 2018, using the full retrospective method. Accordingly, the results for 
the prior comparable periods were adjusted to conform to the current period measurement and recognition of results. 
For details of IFRS 15 adoption, please refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to 
our consolidated financial statements. 

45

 
 
  
 
 
 
Subscription revenues

Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises term 
license  agreements  for  our  Data  Center  products,  which  consists  of  software  licensed  for  a  specified  period,  and 
includes support and maintenance service that is bundled with the license for the term of the license period. Subscription 
revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the price of the licenses. 
Our subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to twelve months, with a majority being 
one  month.  For  cloud-based  services,  subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  services  are  performed, 
commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises  term-based  licenses,  we 
recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and the support and related 
revenue is recognized ratably as the services are delivered over the term of the arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance revenues represent fees earned from providing customers unspecified future updates, upgrades 
and enhancements, and technical product support for perpetual license products on an if-and-when-available basis. 
Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues consist of the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customers and additional licenses to existing 
customers. We recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements on the date of license 
delivery in substantially all situations. 

Other revenues

Other revenues include fees received for sales of third-party apps in the Atlassian Marketplace, technical account 
management, and training services. Revenue from the sale of third-party vendor products via the Atlassian Marketplace 
is recognized at the date of product delivery given that all of our obligations have been met at that time and net of the 
vendor liability portion, as we function as the agent in the relationship. Revenue from technical account management 
is recognized over the time period that the customer has access to the service. Revenue from training is recognized 
as delivered or as the rights to receive training expire. 

Cost of Revenues

Cost  of  revenues  primarily  consists  of  employee-related  costs,  including  share-based  payment  expense, 
associated  with  our  customer  support  and  infrastructure  service  teams;  expenses  related  to  hosting  our  cloud 
infrastructure,  which  includes  third-party  hosting  fees  and  depreciation  associated  with  computer  equipment  and 
software; payment processing fees; amortization of product technologies; and facilities and related overhead costs. 
To support our cloud-based infrastructure, we utilize third-party managed hosting facilities and self-managed data 
centers. We allocate share-based payment expense to personnel costs based on the expense category in which the 
employee works. We allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent and occupancy charges 
in each expense category based on headcount in that category. As such, general overhead expenses are reflected in 
cost of revenues and operating expense categories.

Our cost of revenues also includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, such as the amortization of the 

cost associated with an acquired company’s developed technology. 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is total revenues less total cost of revenues. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage 
of total revenues. Gross margin can fluctuate from period to period as a result of changes in product and services mix. 

46

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses are classified as research and development, marketing and sales, and general and 
administrative. For each functional category, the largest component is employee- and labor-related expenses, which 
include  salaries  and  bonuses,  share-based  payment  expense,  employee  benefit  costs,  and  contractor  costs.  We 
allocate overhead such as information technology infrastructure, rent ,and occupancy charges in each expense category 
based on headcount in that category.

We allocate share-based payment expense to personnel costs based on the expense category in which the 
employee works. We recognize our share-based payments as an expense in the consolidated statements of operations 
based on their fair values and vesting periods. 

We adhere to the accelerated method of expense recognition for share-based awards subject to graded vesting 
(i.e., when portions of the award vest at different dates throughout the vesting period). For example, for a grant vesting 
over four years, we treat the grant as multiple awards (sometimes referred to as “tranches”) and recognize the cost 
on a straight-line basis separately for each tranche. This results in the majority of the grant’s share-based payment 
expense being recognized in the first year of the grant rather than equally per year under a straight-line expense 
methodology.

We began granting restricted share units (“RSUs”) in 2014. Prior to our IPO, we granted RSUs with both a 

time-based service condition and a liquidity condition. The time-based service condition for substantially all of these 
awards is satisfied over four years. The liquidity condition was satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration 
statement related to our IPO. Pursuant to IFRS, we estimate the fair value of each award at the date of grant and 
recognize expense over the service period rather than starting expense recognition upon a liquidity event, as is the 
case under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

During the fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018 we recognized share-based payment expense of $257.8 million
and $162.9 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, the aggregate share-based payment expense remaining to be 
amortized to cost of revenues and operating expenses, over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years, was $285.3 
million. We expect this share-based payment expense balance to be amortized as follows: $190.1 million during fiscal 
2020;  $69.5  million  during  fiscal  2021;  $22.4  million  during  fiscal  2022  and  $3.3  million  thereafter.  The  expected 
amortization reflects only outstanding share awards as of June 30, 2019.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including share-based 
payment expense, contract software development costs, and facilities and related overhead costs. We continue to 
focus our research and development efforts on building new products, adding new features and services, integrating 
acquired  technologies,  increasing  functionality,  enhancing  our  cloud  infrastructure,  and  developing  our  mobile 
capabilities. We have not capitalized any research and development costs.

Marketing and sales

Marketing  and  sales  expenses  consist  primarily  of  salaries  and  related  expenses,  including  share-based 
payment expense, for our marketing and sales employees, marketing and sales programs and facilities and related 
overhead costs. Marketing programs consist of advertising, promotional events, corporate communications, brand 
building and product marketing activities such as online lead generation. Sales programs consist of activities and 
teams  focused  on  supporting  our  partners,  tracking  channel  sales  activity,  supporting  and  servicing  our  largest 
customers by helping optimize their experience across our product portfolio, helping customers expand their use of 
our products across their organizations, and helping product evaluators learn how they can use our tools most effectively.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses, including share-based payment 
expense,  for  finance,  legal,  human  resources,  and  information  technology  personnel,  as  well  as  external  legal, 
accounting, and other professional fees, other corporate expenses, and facilities and related overhead costs.

Income taxes

Income taxes primarily consist of income taxes in the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States, as well 

as income taxes in certain other foreign jurisdictions.

47

We generally conduct our international operations through wholly-owned subsidiaries and report our taxable 

income in various jurisdictions.

Net loss

We incurred a net loss on an IFRS basis in fiscal year 2019 as we continued to make significant investments 
in  research  and  development  and  technology  infrastructure  for  our  cloud-based  offerings,  expand  our  operations 
globally and develop new products and features for, and enhancements of, our existing products. The net loss was 
also attributable to the mark to fair value of the Notes and capped call. Please refer to Note 15, “Exchangeable Senior 
Notes,” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for details of our Notes and capped call.

48

Results of Operations

Our results of operations discussion includes comparisons of fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 as compared 
to fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 and the results for both fiscal 2019 and 2018 have been accounted for and presented 
to reflect our adoption of IFRS 15. Our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended, and as of June 
30, 2018 and 2017 included elsewhere in this Annual Report have been retrospectively restated to reflect the adoption 
of IFRS 15. The results of fiscal 2018 as compared to fiscal 2017 are included under Item 5.A. in our Annual Report 
on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, which were filed with the SEC on August 30, 2018. The adoption 
of IFRS 15 did not have a material impact on the comparability of our results of operations for fiscal 2018 relative to 
fiscal 2017 as presented in Item 5.A. of our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

Revenues:

Subscription
Maintenance
Perpetual license
Other

Total revenues
Cost of revenues (1) (2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1) (2)
Marketing and sales (1) (2)
General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses
Operating loss

Other non-operating expense, net
Finance income
Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net loss
Net loss attributable to:
Owners of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net loss per share attributable
to ordinary shareholders:

Basic
Diluted

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

*As Adjusted

$

633,950 $
394,526
93,593
88,058
1,210,127
210,285
999,842

410,694
326,511
83,171
60,602
880,978
172,690
708,288

579,134
268,356
215,714
1,063,204
(63,362)
(535,453)
33,500
(40,241)
(605,556)
(32,065)

415,776
187,315
151,242
754,333
(46,045)
(15,157)
9,877
(6,806)
(58,131)
(55,301)
$ (637,621) $ (113,432)

$ (637,621) $ (113,432)

$
$

(2.67) $
(2.67) $

(0.49)
(0.49)

238,611
238,611

231,184
231,184

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for further 
details.

(1) 

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales
General and administrative

49

$

17,450 $

149,049
39,303
51,960

11,955
98,609
23,605
28,704

 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales

$

27,997 $
60
28,744

21,188
—
36,090

The following table sets forth our results of operations data for each of the periods indicated as a percentage 

of total revenues:

Revenues:

Subscription

Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Cost of revenues

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Research and development

Marketing and sales

General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other non-operating expense, net

Finance income

Finance costs

Loss before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net loss

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

General and administrative

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues

Research and development

Marketing and sales

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

*As Adjusted

52%

33

8

7

100

17

83

48

22

18

88

(5)

(44)

3

(4)

(50)

(3)

(53)

1%

12

3

4

2%

—%

2

47%

37

9

7

100

20

80

47

21

17

85

(5)

(2)

1

(1)

(7)

(6)

(13)

1%

11

3

3

2%

—%

4

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended 2019 and 2018 

Revenues

Subscription

Maintenance

Perpetual license

Other

Total revenues

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$ 633,950 $ 410,694 $223,256

54%

394,526

326,511

93,593

88,058

83,171

60,602

68,015

10,422

27,456

$1,210,127 $ 880,978 $329,149

21

13

45

37

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

Total revenues increased $329.1 million, or 37%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2018. Growth in total revenues was attributable to increased demand for our products from both 
new and existing customers. Of total revenues recognized in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, over 90% was 
attributable to sales to customer accounts existing on or before June 30, 2018. Our number of total customers increased 
to 152,727 at June 30, 2019 from 125,796 at June 30, 2018. 

Subscription revenues increased $223.3 million, or 54%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared to 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The increase in subscription revenues was primarily attributable to additional 
subscriptions from our existing customer base. As customers increasingly adopt cloud-based, subscription services 
and term-based licenses of our Data Center products for their business needs, we expect our subscription revenues 
to continue to increase at a rate higher than the rate of increase of our perpetual license revenues in future periods.

Maintenance revenues increased $68.0 million, or 21%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared to 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The increase in maintenance revenues was primarily attributable to growing 
renewal of software maintenance contracts from our customers related to our perpetual license software offerings.

Perpetual license revenues increased $10.4 million, or 13%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared 
to  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2018. A  substantial  majority  of  the  increase  in  perpetual  license  revenues  was 
attributable to additional licenses to existing customers.

Other revenues increased $27.5 million, or 45%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2018. The increase in other revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in revenue from 
sales of third-party apps through our Atlassian Marketplace. 

Total revenues by geography were as follows:

Americas

EMEA

Asia Pacific

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$

603,959 $

439,363 $ 164,596

37%

474,712

131,456

347,509

127,203

94,106

37,350

$ 1,210,127 $

880,978 $ 329,149

37

40

37

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues
Gross margin

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$ 210,285

$ 172,690

$

37,595

22%

83%

80%

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

Cost of revenues increased $37.6 million, or 22%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 

year ended June 30, 2018. 

The overall increase was primarily due to an increase in compensation expense for employees and contractors 
of $23.8 million (which includes an increase of $5.5 million in share-based payment expenses), an increase of $6.8 
million in amortization of intangible assets mainly due to the acquisition of OpsGenie and AgileCraft and an increase 
of $5.8 million in merchant fees. 

We increased our headcount during the period to meet the higher demand for services from our customers. 
We expect to continue to invest in additional personnel as we scale. Over time, we expect the revenue from our cloud 
subscription business to grow as a percentage of total revenues. As a result, we intend to continue to invest in our 
cloud infrastructure, which we expect to lead to an increase in cost of revenues in absolute dollars.

Operating Expenses

Research and development

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Research and development

$

579,134 $

415,776 $ 163,358

39%

 Research and development expenses increased $163.4 million, or 39%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019

compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. 

The  overall  increase  was  primarily  a  result  of  an  increase  in  compensation  expense  for  employees  and 
contractors of $130.3 million (which includes an increase of $50.4 million in share-based payment expenses) and an 
increase of $15.5 million in facilities and related overhead to support our employees. 

We increased our research and development headcount during the period in order to enhance and extend our 
service offerings and develop new technologies. We expect that research and development expenses will increase in 
absolute dollars and may increase as a percentage of revenues in future periods as we continue to invest in additional 
personnel and technology to support the development, improvement and integration of technologies. We have not 
capitalized any research and development costs during fiscal year 2019 and 2018.

Marketing and sales

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

Marketing and sales

$ 268,356 $ 187,315 $

81,041

43%

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Marketing  and  sales  expenses  increased  $81.0  million,  or  43%,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  June  30,  2019, 
compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. Marketing and sales expense increased primarily due to an increase 
in compensation expense for employees and contractors of $41.8 million (which includes an increase of $15.7 million 
in share-based payment expenses) and an increase of $22.6 million in advertising costs. 

Our marketing and sales headcount increased during the period as a result of hiring additional personnel to 
expand our relationship with our existing customers and to attract new customers. We expect marketing and sales 
expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in marketing and sales personnel, expand our global 
promotional activities, build brand awareness, expand our relationship with existing customers, attract new customers, 
and sponsor additional marketing events. 

General and administrative

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

General and administrative

$

215,714 $

151,242 $

64,472

43%

General and administrative expenses increased $64.5 million, or 43%, in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $49.2 million in 
compensation expense for employees and contractors (which includes an increase of $23.3 million in share-based 
payment expenses) and an increase of $6.2 million in professional service fees primarily due to recent acquisition 
activities. 

Our general and administrative headcount increased during the period as we added personnel to support our 
growth. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest 
in  additional  personnel  and  our  infrastructure  and  incur  additional  professional  fees  to  support  the  growth  of  our 
business.

Other non-operating expense, net

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Other non-operating expense, net

$ (535,453) $

(15,157) $ (520,296)

*

_______________________
Not meaningful
* 

Other non-operating expense, net increased $520.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared 
to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The increase was primarily due to the net impact from the mark to fair value 
of the embedded exchange feature of the Notes and the related capped call transactions of $521.5 million. Please 
refer to Note 15 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more details of our Notes and capped call.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense

Effective tax rate

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

$ Change

% Change

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$

(32,065) $

(55,301) $

23,236

(42)%

**

**

* Adjusted IFRS balances to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

** 

Not meaningful

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We reported a tax expense of $32.1 million on pretax loss of $605.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2019, as compared to a tax expense of $55.3 million on pretax loss of $58.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
2018. Our effective tax rate substantially differed from the U.K. income tax rate of 19.0% primarily due to different tax 
rates in foreign jurisdictions such as U.S. and Australia, the recognition of significant permanent differences during the 
fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018 and non-cash charges to reduce the carrying value of our U.S. deferred tax assets 
due to the reduced statutory rate in the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as well as changes in our assessment of the 
realizability  of  our  U.S.  and Australian  deferred  tax  assets.  In  June  2019  and  December  2017,  as  a  result  of  our 
assessment of the realizability of its Australian and U.S. deferred tax assets, we recorded non-cash charges to tax 
expense of $54.7 million and $30.4 million, respectively to reduce the carrying value of these assets. Our assessment 
of  the  realizability  of  our   Australian  and  U.S.  deferred  tax  assets  is  based  on  all  available  positive  and  negative 
evidence. Such evidence includes, but is not limited to, recent cumulative earnings or losses, expectations of future 
taxable income by taxing jurisdiction, and the carry-forward periods available for the utilization of deferred tax assets. 

Significant permanent differences included non-deductible charges related to the Notes, nondeductible share-

based payment expense and research and development incentives.

See Note 8, “Income Tax,” to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for our reconciliation of loss 
before income tax benefit (expense) to income tax benefit (expense). A change in our global operations could result 
in changes to our effective tax rates, future cash flows and overall profitability of our operations.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.3 billion, short-term investments totaling 
$445.0  million  and  trade  receivables  totaling  $82.5  million.  Since  our  inception,  we  have  primarily  financed  our 
operations through cash flows generated by operations.

Our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities for the fiscal years ended 

2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash used in by investing activities

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

466,342

$

311,456

199,381

(604,198)

(51,696)

(224,573)

(3,187)

906,789

(855)

(630)

9,438

465

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

$

(141,898) $ 1,165,919

$

(15,289)

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with cash generated from operations, will be 
sufficient to meet our anticipated  cash needs for  at least  the next  12 months. Our future capital  requirements  will 
depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spend on research and development efforts, 
employee headcount, marketing and sales activities, acquisitions of additional businesses and technologies, the timing 
and extent of exchange of the Notes for payments of cash, the introduction of new software and services offerings, 
enhancements to our existing software and services offerings and the continued market acceptance of our products.

Cash provided by operating activities has historically been affected by the amount of net income (loss) adjusted 
for  non-cash  expense  items  such  as  non-coupon  impact  related  to  the  Notes  and  capped  calls,  depreciation  and 
amortization and expense associated with share-based awards, the timing of employee-related costs such as bonus 
payments, collections from our customers, which is our largest source of operating cash flows, and changes in other 
working capital accounts.

Accounts impacting working capital consist of trade receivables, prepaid expenses and other current assets, 
current derivative assets, trade and other payables, provisions, current derivative liabilities, current portion of our Notes 
and other current liabilities. Our working capital may be impacted by various factors in future periods, such as billings 
to customers for subscriptions, licenses and maintenance services and the subsequent collection of those billings or 
the amount and timing of certain expenditures.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $466.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, as a result 
of $605.6 million in loss before income tax expense adjusted by non-cash charges including the loss of marking to fair 

54

 
 
value  of  the  embedded  exchange  feature  of  the  Notes  and  related  capped  call  transactions  of  $533.9  million, 
depreciation and amortization of $70.2 million, share-based payment expense of $257.8 million and debt discount and 
issuance cost amortization of $33.9 million. The net increase of $169.0 million from our operating assets and liabilities 
was  primarily  attributable  to  a  $122.5  million  increase  in  our  deferred  revenue  as  a  result  of  increased  sales  of 
subscriptions  and  renewals  of  maintenance  contracts  and  a  $75.6  million  increase  in  trade  and  other  payables, 
provisions and other non-current liabilities, offset by a $30.2 million increase in trade receivables. Net cash provided 
by operating activities was also impacted by tax refunds received, net of income tax paid of $7.0 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $311.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, as a result 
of $58.1 million in loss before income tax expense adjusted by non-cash charges including  the loss of marking to fair 
value of the embedded exchange feature of the Notes and related capped call transactions of $12.4 million, depreciation 
and amortization of $79.4 million, share-based payment expense of $162.9 million and debt discount and issuance 
cost amortization of $7.5 million. The net increase of $113.1 million from our operating assets and liabilities was primarily 
attributable to a $97.7 million increase in our deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions and 
renewals of maintenance contracts, a $43.5 million increase in trade and other payables, provisions and other non-
current liabilities, offset by a $19.6 million increase in trade receivables and a $8.4 million increase in prepaid expenses 
and other current and non-current assets. Net cash provided by operating activities was also impacted by income 
taxes paid, net of refunds, of $4.2 million.

 Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was $604.2 million. This was 
primarily related to cash paid for business combinations, net of cash acquired, totaling $418.6 million, purchases of 
investments totaling $648.0 million and purchases of property and equipment totaling $44.2 million to support the 
growth of our business, including hardware, equipment and leasehold improvements, offset by cash received from the 
maturing of investments which totaled $485.0 million and proceeds from sales of investments of $20.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was $51.7 million. This was 
primarily related to purchases of investments totaling $347.8 million and purchases of property and equipment totaling 
$30.2 million to support the growth of our business, including hardware, equipment and leasehold improvements, offset 
by cash received from the maturing of investments which totaled $206.1 million and proceeds from sales of investments 
of $123.9 million.

Net cash used in financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was $3.2 million and was primarily 
related to coupon interest payments on the Notes of $6.3 million, offset by proceeds from exercises of employee share 
options of $3.5 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was $906.8 million and was 
primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of our Notes of $990.5 million offset by the purchase of the capped 
calls for $87.7 million. 

Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, which includes all standards issued 
by  the  IASB  and  related  interpretations  issued  by  the  IFRS  Interpretations  Committee.  The  preparation  of  the 
consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues, and expenses. We base our judgments and estimates 
on historical experience and on other various factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, and we 
evaluate  these  estimates  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these  estimates  under  different 
assumptions and conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial position reported in future 
periods.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of the notes to our consolidated 
financial statements, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, 
these are the accounting policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our 
financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue recognition

Under IFRS 15, revenues are generally recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services 
provided to our customers, reflecting the amount of consideration we expect to receive for those products or services. 
We enter into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generally capable 
of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized net of allowances for 
returns and any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities.

55

Revenues are recognized upon the application of the following steps: 

1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 

Identification of the contract or contracts with a customer; 
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 
Determination of the transaction price; 
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing our customers. We record a contract 
asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing. Contract assets are netted against any related contract liabilities 
in  the  statements  of  financial  position.  Our  revenue  arrangements  include  standard  warranty  provisions  that  our 
arrangements will perform and operate in all material respects, the financial impacts which have historically been and 
are expected to continue to be insignificant. Our contracts do not include a significant financing component. 

Our contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. 
Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted 
for separately versus together may require judgment.

We  allocate  the  transaction  price  for  each  contract  to  each  performance  obligation  based  on  the  relative 
standalone selling price (“SSP”) for each performance obligation. We use judgment in determining the SSP for products 
and services. We typically determine a SSP range for our products and services which is reassessed on a periodic 
basis or when facts and circumstances change. For all performance obligations other than perpetual and term licenses, 
we are able to determine SSP based on the observable prices of products or services sold separately in comparable 
circumstances to similar customers. In instances where performance obligations do not have observable standalone 
sales, we utilize available information that may include market conditions, pricing strategies, the economic life of the 
software, and other observable inputs to estimate the price we would charge if the products and services were sold 
separately.

Our products are generally sold with a right of return, we may provide other credits or incentives, and in certain 
instances  we  estimate  customer  usage  of  our  services,  which  are  accounted  for  as  variable  consideration  when 
determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Returns and credits are estimated at contract inception and updated 
at the end of each reporting period if additional information becomes available. Variable consideration was not material 
for the periods presented.

Recognition of revenue

Revenue recognized from contracts with customers is disaggregated into categories that depict how the 

nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. We report our 
revenues in four categories: (i) subscription, (ii) maintenance, (iii) perpetual license, and (iv) other. In addition, we 
present revenue by geographic region in Note 14, “Revenue”, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Subscription revenues

Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises term 
license agreements for our Data Center products, which are software licensed for a specified period, and includes 
support  and  maintenance  service  that  is  bundled  with  the  license  for  the  term  of  the  license  period.  Subscription 
revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the price of the licenses. 
Our subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to twelve months, with a majority being 
one  month.  For  cloud-based  services,  subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  services  are  performed, 
commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises  term-based  licenses,  we 
recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and the support and related 
revenue is recognized ratably as the services are delivered over the term of the arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance revenues represent fees earned from providing customers unspecified future updates, upgrades 
and enhancements and technical product support for perpetual license products on an if and when available basis. 
Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

56

 
Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises, other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues consist of the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customers and additional licenses to existing 
customers. We recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements on the date of license 
delivery in substantially all situations. 

Other revenues

Other revenues include fees received for sales of third-party apps in the Atlassian Marketplace, technical account 
management, and training services. Revenue from the sale of third-party apps via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized 
at the date of product delivery given that all of our obligations have been met at that time and net of the vendor liability 
portion, as we function as the agent in the relationship. Revenue from technical account management is recognized 
over the time period that the customer has access to the service. Revenue from training is recognized as delivered or 
as the rights to receive training expire. 

Business combinations

We include the results of operations of the businesses that we acquire beginning from the acquisition date. We 
allocate the purchase price of our acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated 
fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded 
as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed 
as incurred.

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the intangible assets acquired 
at the acquisition date. The estimation is primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models 
used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to the 
underlying  significant  assumptions.  Our  estimates  are  inherently  uncertain  and  subject  to  refinement.  We  use  a 
discounted cash flow method of the income approach to measure the fair value of these intangible assets. The significant 
assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets include revenue growth rates, technology migration 
curve, customer attrition rates and discount rates. These assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by 
future economic and market conditions.

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the Group's fiscal year 
and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by 
assessing  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash  generating  unit  (“CGU”).  We  operate  as  a  single  CGU.  When  the 
recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses 
relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets

We acquire intangible assets separately or in connection with business combinations. Intangible assets are 
measured at cost initially. All of our intangible assets are subject to amortization and are amortized over their estimated 
useful  life  using  the  straight-line  method.  The  amortization  expense  on  intangible  assets  is  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations in the expense category, consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Patents, trademarks and other rights

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

2 - 12 years

2 - 10 years

2 - 10 years

Intangible assets with finite lives are assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible 
asset may be impaired. When the recoverable amount of an intangible  asset is less than its carrying  amount, an 
impairment loss is recognized.

57

 
Taxation

Current tax

Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise amounts expected to be recovered or paid to Her Majesty's 
Revenue & Customs (“HMRC”), the Australian Taxation Office, the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and 
other fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, which are unpaid at each reporting date. Current 
tax is payable on taxable income that differs from the consolidated statements of operations in the financial statements 
due to permanent and temporary timing differences. The calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent 
temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements 
and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is not recognized 
on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a business combination) 
in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in 
subsidiaries and associates, except where we are able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
provided for in full.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future 
and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on our forecast of future 
operating results. Deferred tax assets are adjusted for significant non-taxable income, expenses and specific limits on 
the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting 
date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the deferred 
tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates and in accordance with laws 
that are expected to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at 
each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available 
to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and we intend 
to settle our current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized 
as a component of tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations, except where they relate to 
items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax 
is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively. Where deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

New accounting standards not yet adopted

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), which supersedes the existing leases standard, 
IAS 17, Leases, and related interpretations. The standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires 
a lessee to recognize leases on its statement of financial position represented by right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. 
The standard also contains enhanced disclosure requirements for lessees and is effective for us beginning on July 1, 
2019. We will adopt the IFRS 16 standard using the modified retrospective approach and will not restate comparative 
periods. We will elect the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allows us to 
exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset for any leases that exist prior to adoption 
of the new standard and adjust the right-of-use asset for any recognized onerous lease provisions. We will also elect 
to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease 
payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Based on our 
portfolio of leases as of June 30, 2019, approximately $286 million of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities will be 
recognized on our balance sheet upon adoption, primarily relating to real estate.

58

 
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.

Research and Development

Our  research  and  development  organization  is  primarily  responsible  for  design,  development,  testing  and 
delivery of our products and platform. It is also responsible for our customer services platforms, including billing and 
support, our Marketplace platform, and marketing and sales systems that power our automated distribution model.

As a company, we prioritize research and development above all other operating investments. Over the last 
two  fiscal  years,  we  invested  $747.3  million  in  research  and  development  activities,  excluding  share-based 
compensation, translating to 35.7% of the revenue generated over the same period. During this period, we successfully 
launched several new innovations including the introduction of three purpose-built versions of Jira, Jira Service Desk 
and Data Center products for Jira, Jira Service Desk, Confluence, and Bitbucket.

As of June 30, 2019, over 50% of our employees were involved in research and development activities. Our 
research  and  development  organization  is  primarily  distributed  across  six  locations:  Sydney,  Australia,  the  San 
Francisco Bay Area, California, New York, New York, Austin, Texas, Bengaluru, India, and Ankara, Turkey. In addition, 
we conduct research and development activities at our partner location in Gdansk, Poland.

Our research and development organization consists of flexible and dynamic teams that follow agile development 
methodologies  to  enable  rapid  product  releases  across  our  various  platforms:  Cloud,  Server  and  Data  Center.  In 
addition to investing in our internal development teams, we invest heavily in our developer ecosystem to enable external 
software developers to build features and solutions on top of our platform. Given our relentless focus on the customer, 
we  work  closely  with  our  customers  to  develop  our  products,  and  have  designed  a  development  process  that 
incorporates  the  feedback  that  matters  most—from  our  users.  From  maintaining  an  active  online  community  to 
measuring user satisfaction for our products, we are able to address our users’ greatest needs.

Intellectual Property 

We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, domain names, copyrights, trade 
secrets and patents, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions governing access to our proprietary technology.

We registered ‘‘Atlassian’’ as a trademark in the United States, Australia, the European Union, Russia, China, 
Japan, Switzerland, Norway, Singapore, Israel, Korea, and Canada. We have also registered or filed for trademark 
registration  of  product-related  trade  names  and  logos  in  the  United  States, Australia,  the  European  Union,  Brazil, 
Russia, India, and China, and certain other jurisdictions, and will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent 
we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

As of June 30, 2019, we had 82 issued patents and have over 100 applications pending in the United States. 
We also have a number of patent applications pending before the European Patent Office. These patents and patent 
applications seek to protect proprietary inventions relevant to our business. We intend to pursue additional patent 
protection to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

We are the registered holder of a variety of domain names that include ‘‘Atlassian’’ and similar variations. 

In addition to the protection provided by our registered intellectual property rights, we protect our intellectual 
property rights by imposing contractual obligations on third parties who develop or access our technology. We enter 
into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. Our employees, 
consultants and contractors are also subject to invention assignment agreements, pursuant to which we obtain rights 
to technology that they develop for us. We further protect our rights in our proprietary  technology and intellectual 
property through restrictive license and service use provisions in both the general and product-specific terms of use 
on our website and in other business contracts.

D. Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, 
commitments or events for the current fiscal year that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our revenues, 
income, profitability, liquidity or capital reserves, or that caused the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily 
indicative of future operating results or financial conditions.

59

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured 
finance or special purpose entities that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet 
arrangements or other purposes. Other than operating leases for office space, we have not engaged in off-balance 
sheet financing arrangements.

60

F.  Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal contractual obligations primarily consist of obligations under our Notes, minimum lease payments 
relating to operating leases for office space, and contractual commitments for hosting services. As of June 30, 2019, 
the closing price exchange condition of the Notes has been met and the Notes and exchange derivative liability are 
classified as current on our statements of financial position and may be due in less than one year. The amount related 
to the Notes represent the if-exchanged value using stock price as of June 30, 2019. Refer to Note 15, “Exchangeable 
Senior Notes”, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more details on the Notes. 

At June 30, 2019 contractual obligations, were as follows:

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less than
1 year

1 to 3
years

3 to 5
years

After 5
years

$ 1,604,923 $ 1,604,923 $

(U.S. $ in thousands)
— $

330,848

323,350

38,790

106,684

81,035

75,000

— $

—

66,986

85,000

144,037

56,666

4,970

—
$ 2,264,091 $ 1,752,691 $ 158,711 $ 151,986 $ 200,703

2,294

2,676

—

Long-term debt

Operating lease obligations

Purchase obligations

Other obligations

Total

G. Safe Harbor

See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Item 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth information for our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of 
June 30, 2019. Unless otherwise stated, the address for our non-employee directors and executive officers, other than 
Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, is 350 Bush Street, Floor 13, San Francisco, California 94104. The address 
for Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar is Level 6, 341 George Street, Sydney, NSW, 2000, Australia.

Name
Executive Officers and Employee Directors
Michael Cannon-Brookes

Scott Farquhar
Jay Simons
James Beer
Tom Kennedy (1)
Helen Russell

Sri Viswanath

Age Position

39 Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

39 Co-Founder, Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director
46 President
58 Chief Financial Officer
45 Chief Legal Officer
51 Chief People Officer

44 Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors:
Shona L. Brown (2)

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez (3)(4)

Sasan Goodarzi (2)

Jay Parikh (2)

Enrique Salem (3)(4)
Steven Sordello (3)
Richard P. Wong (4)

__________________________________

53 Director and Chair

43 Director

51 Director

46 Director

53 Director
50 Director
50 Director

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Mr. Kennedy will continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Legal Officer until his resignation, effective 

November 1, 2019. Erika Fisher, our previous Head of Privacy, was appointed General Counsel of the Company 

effective July 1, 2019.  

(2) Member of the compensation and leadership development committee.

(3) Member of the audit committee.

(4) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until their successor is 
duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of 
our directors or executive officers and no arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers 
or  others,  pursuant  to  which  any  directors  or  executive  officers  were  selected  as  a  director  or  member  of  senior 
management.

Executive Officers and Employee Directors

Michael Cannon-Brookes co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a 
member of our board of directors since October 2002. Mr. Cannon-Brookes has also served as an adjunct professor 
of computer science & engineering at the University of New South Wales, Australia since April 2014. Mr. Cannon-
Brookes holds a Bachelor of Commerce in information systems from the University of New South Wales, Australia.

Scott Farquhar co-founded Atlassian and has served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer and as a member of 
our board of directors since October 2002 and as chair of our board of directors from December 2016 to April 2018. 
Mr. Farquhar holds a Bachelor of Science in business information technology from the University of New South Wales, 
Australia.

Jay Simons has served as our President since August 2011. From June 2008 to August 2011, Mr. Simons 
served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing. From October 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Simons served in various 
roles, including Vice President, Marketing, at BEA Systems, Inc., an enterprise software company, which was acquired 
by  Oracle  Corporation  in  2008.  From 1998 to  2005,  Mr.  Simons  served  in  various  roles,  including  Vice  President, 
Product  Marketing  &  Strategy,  at  Plumtree  Software,  Inc.,  a  web  software  company,  which  was  acquired  by  BEA 
Systems, Inc. in 2005. Mr. Simons is currently a director of HubSpot, Inc., a cloud-based marketing and sales software 
platform company. Mr. Simons holds a Bachelor of Arts in political science and environmental science from the University 
of Washington.

James Beer has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2018. Before joining Atlassian, Mr. Beer 
served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of McKesson Corporation, a Fortune 10 healthcare 
services and information technology company. Between 2006 and 2013, Mr. Beer was Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer of Symantec Corporation, a cybersecurity company, where he managed the worldwide finance 
organization. Previous to his work at Symantec, Mr. Beer was Chief Financial Officer of AMR Corp. and American 
Airlines, AMR’s principal subsidiary. Mr. Beer holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering from 
Imperial College, London University, and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Beer 
currently serves on the board of directors for Alaska Air Group, parent company of Alaska Airlines, and ForeScout 
Technologies, Inc., an Internet of things (IoT) security company. Mr. Beer is also a member of the Federal Reserve 
Bank of San Francisco's Economic Advisory Council.

Tom  Kennedy has  served  as  our  Chief  Legal  Officer  since  October  2011.  From  July  2010  to  July  2011, 
Mr. Kennedy served as a Transition Executive at IBM Corporation, a global technology company. From July 2007 to 
July 2010, Mr. Kennedy served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of BigFix, Inc., a security software 
company, which was acquired by IBM Corporation in 2010. From November 1999 to May 2007, Mr. Kennedy was an 
attorney at Cooley LLP. Mr. Kennedy holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of California, Los Angeles and 
a Bachelor of Arts in political science from the University of California, Berkeley.

Helen Russell has served as our Chief People Officer since October 2016. From July 2014 to August 2016, 
Ms. Russell served as Chief Human Resources Officer of Sonos, Inc., a provider of home sound systems. From August 
2010 to June 2014, Ms. Russell served as Global Head of Human Resources Officer of Kantar Group, a research, 
data and insight consultancy. From 2005 to 2010, Ms. Russell served as Vice President Human Resources EMEA for 

62

Yahoo Inc., a web services provider, which was acquired by Verizon in 2017, and from 2000 to 2005 as Vice President 
Human  Resources  EMEA  for  Siebel  CRM  Systems,  Inc.,  an  enterprise  software  company,  acquired  by  Oracle 
Corporation  in  2005.  Ms.  Russell  holds  a  Bachelor  of Arts  in  sociology  and  bio-mechanics  from  the  University  of 
Liverpool, England.

Sri Viswanath has served as our Chief Technology Officer since January 2016. From April 2013 to December 
2015, Mr. Viswanath served as Chief Technology Officer and Senior Vice President of Product and Engineering at 
Groupon, Inc., a global local commerce company. From September 2012 to April 2013, Mr. Viswanath was the Vice 
President of Research and Development for mobile computing at VMware, a provider of cloud and virtualization software 
and services. From September 2009 to November 2011, Mr. Viswanath served as Senior Vice President of Engineering 
at Ning, Inc., an online SaaS platform company, which was acquired in November 2011 by Glam Media, a media 
company, where he became Senior Vice President of Engineering and General Manager of publisher products from 
November 2011 to August 2012. From 1999 to July 2008, Mr. Viswanath led the development of a number of open-
source and business-to-business products at Sun Microsystems. Mr. Viswanath is currently a director of Splunk Inc., 
a company that produces software for searching, monitoring, and analyzing machine-generated big data. Mr. Viswanath 
holds a Master of Science in computer science from Clemson University and a Master of Science in management from 
Stanford University.

Non-Employee Directors

Shona L. Brown has served on our board of directors since November 2015 and as chair of our board of 
directors since April 2018. Dr. Brown is currently an independent advisor. She served as a senior advisor to Google 
Inc., an Internet search and technology company, from January 2013 until November 2015. From April 2011 to December 
2012, Dr. Brown served as Senior Vice President of Google.org, Google's charitable organization. From 2003 to 2011, 
Dr. Brown served as Vice President and later as Senior Vice President, Business Operation of Google Inc. From 2000 
to 2003, Dr. Brown served as a partner at McKinsey & Company. Dr. Brown is currently a director of PepsiCo, Inc., a 
food and beverage company, as well as several private companies and non-profit organizations. Dr. Brown holds a 
Bachelor of Computer Systems Engineering from Carleton University, a Master of Arts in philosophy and economics 
from Oxford University, and a Ph.D. in industrial engineering and industrial management from Stanford University. 

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Ms. Mirjahangir 
Fernandez is the Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of Solv., an early stage private company in the digital health 
space. From January 2014 to August 2015, Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez served as Senior Vice President and General 
Manager of Business Services at Trulia, Inc., an online residential real estate site, which was acquired by Zillow, Inc. 
in 2015. From August 2006 to January 2014, Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez served in various other senior management 
positions in sales and marketing at Trulia, Inc. Prior to Trulia, Inc., Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez was an advisor at Morgan 
Stanley and Director of the Impact Group at Blanc & Otus. Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez holds a Bachelor of Arts in 
political science from University of California, Berkeley and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University 
Graduate School of Business.

Sasan Goodarzi has served on our board of directors since April 2018. Mr. Goodarzi has served as Chief 
Executive Officer and board member of Intuit, Inc., a financial software company, since January 2019. From May 2016 
to January 2019, Mr. Goodarzi was Executive Vice President and General Manager of Intuit, Inc. Small Business Group. 
From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Goodarzi was Senior Vice President and General Manager for Intuit’s ProTax division and 
Intuit Financial Services. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Goodarzi served as Intuit’s Chief Information Officer. From 2013 to 
2016, Mr. Goodarzi served as the Executive Vice President and General Manager of Turbo Tax. Prior to Intuit, Mr. 
Goodarzi worked for Invensys, a global provider of industrial automation, transportation and controls technology, serving 
as Global President of the Products group. He also held a number of senior leadership roles in the automation control 
division at Honeywell and served as the Chief Executive Officer and co-founder of a technology startup, Lazer Cables 
Inc. Mr. Goodarzi earned his Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering at the University of Central Florida 
and a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Jay Parikh has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Parikh has served as Vice President of 
Infrastructure Engineering at Facebook, Inc., a social media and social networking service company, since November 
2009. From October 2007 to October 2009, Mr. Parikh served as Senior Vice President, Engineering & Operations at 
Ning, Inc., a social networking company. From April 1999 to October 2007, Mr. Parikh served as Vice President of 
Engineering  at  Akamai  Technologies, Inc., a  cloud  services  provider.  Mr.  Parikh  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in mechanical engineering from Virginia Tech.

63

 
 
Enrique Salem has served on our board of directors since July 2013. Mr. Salem has served as a Managing 
Director of Bain Capital Ventures since July 2014. From April 2009 to July 2012, Mr. Salem served as President, Chief 
Executive Officer and a director of Symantec Corporation, a cybersecurity company. From June 2004 to April 2009, Mr. 
Salem served in various other senior management positions at Symantec Corporation. From April 2002 to June 2004, 
Mr. Salem served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Brightmail, Inc., an email filtering company, which 
was acquired by Symantec Corporation in 2004. Mr. Salem is currently a director of FireEye, Inc., a network security 
company, ForeScout Technologies, Inc., an Internet of things (IoT) security company, DocuSign, Inc., an e-signature 
solutions company, and several private companies. Mr. Salem holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in computer science 
from Dartmouth College.

Steven Sordello has served on our board of directors since November 2015. Since July 2007, Mr. Sordello 
has served as the Chief Financial Officer of LinkedIn Corporation, an online business-oriented social networking service, 
which was acquired by Microsoft in 2016. From August 2006 to July 2007, Mr. Sordello served as Chief Financial 
Officer of TiVo, Inc., a manufacturer of digital video recorders. From May 1999 to October 2005, Mr. Sordello served 
in several roles, including as Chief Financial Officer, at Ask Jeeves, Inc., an Internet search engine company, which 
was acquired by IAC in 2005. Prior to that, Mr. Sordello served in various finance roles at Adobe Systems Incorporated, 
a  software  company,  and  Syntex  Corporation,  a  pharmaceuticals  company,  which  was  acquired  by  Roche 
Pharmaceuticals  in  1994.  Mr.  Sordello  is  currently  a  member  of  the  board  of  trustees  of  Santa  Clara  University. 
Mr. Sordello  holds  a  Master  of  Business Administration  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  business  from  Santa  Clara 
University. 

Richard P. Wong has served on our board of directors since July 2010. Mr. Wong has served as a General 
Partner to Accel Partners, a venture capital firm, since December 2006. From January 2001 to November 2006, Mr. 
Wong held a number of executive roles at Openwave Systems Inc., a mobile software company, including Senior Vice 
President of Products and Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Wong is currently a director of several private companies. Mr. 
Wong  holds  a  Master  of Management from  the  MIT  Sloan  School  of  Management  and  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
in materials science and engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

B. Compensation

Executive Officers’ Compensation

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we paid an aggregate of $3,944,003 in cash compensation and benefits 
to our executive officers, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers who also served as employee directors. We paid 
our executive officers a base salary and annual cash bonus and made contributions to their retirement funds; however, 
Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in our bonus for fiscal year 2019. 

Directors’ Compensation

Employee Directors

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we did not pay our employee directors any compensation for their 
services as directors. The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our employee directors for their services as 
executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018: 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 Employee Directors’ Compensation (U.S. $) (1) 

Name
Michael Cannon-Brookes

Salary/Fees(2)
$

273,960 $

Scott Farquhar

$

273,960 $

Benefits

Annual
Bonus(3)

Long-Term
Incentive

Retirement
Benefits(4)

— $
— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

26,026 $

26,026 $

Total

299,986

299,986

(1)  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the cash compensation for our employee directors were set, and paid, 
in Australian dollars. Currency received by our employee directors in Australian dollars have been converted into 
U.S. dollars using a monthly average exchange rate for fiscal year 2019 of AUD 1.40 to USD 1.00. 

(2)  Messrs. Cannon-Brookes  and  Farquhar  each  opted  for  their  salaries  to  be  reduced  to AUD  $74,653.28,  the 

annualized statutory minimum wage in Australia, effective July 1, 2019. 

64

(3)  Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to participate in our bonus plan during the fiscal year ended 

June 30, 2019. 

(4)  These amounts represent our contributions to each employee director's retirement fund, as required by applicable 

jurisdictional law. 

Non-Employee Directors  

In connection with our IPO in December 2015, we implemented a formal policy (the “Director Compensation 
Policy”) pursuant to which our non-employee directors are eligible to receive the following cash retainers and equity 
awards (U.S. $): 

Annual Retainer for Board of Directors Membership
Annual service on the board of directors

Additional retainer for annual service as chair of the board of directors

Additional Annual Retainer for Committee Chairs
Annual service as chair of the audit committee

Annual service as chair of the compensation and leadership development committee

Annual service as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee

$ 50,000

$ 35,000

$ 20,000

$ 15,000

$ 10,000

Our  Director  Compensation  Policy  provides  that,  upon  initial  election  to  our  board  of  directors,  each  non-
employee director will be granted RSUs having a fair market value of $250,000 (the "Initial Grant"), rounded up to the 
nearest whole share, based on the closing trading price of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. In addition, 
on the date of each annual meeting of shareholders, each non-employee director who will continue as a non-employee 
director following such meeting will be granted an annual award of RSUs having a fair market value of $225,000 (the 
"Annual Grant"), rounded up to the nearest whole share. If a new non-employee director joins our board of directors 
on a date other than the date of our annual meeting of shareholders, such non-employee director will be granted a 
pro-rata portion of the Annual Grant, based on the time between their appointment and our next annual meeting of 
shareholders. The Initial Grant will vest according to the following schedule: 25% will vest on the one-year anniversary 
of the grant date and the remaining 75% will vest in equal quarterly installments over the next three years, subject to 
continued service as a director through the applicable vesting dates. The Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier of 
(i) the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to continued 
service as a director through the applicable vesting date. 

All awards granted to our non-employee directors are subject to 100% accelerated vesting upon the sale of the 

company. 

We reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by directors in attending meetings of the board 
of directors or any committee thereof, or otherwise in connection with the exercise of their powers and responsibilities 
as directors. 

Each of our non-employee directors is required, within four years following their first election to our board of 
directors (or, if later, from the effective date of our Director Compensation Policy), to own Class A ordinary shares 
having an aggregate value of at least $250,000. 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we paid our non-employee directors in accordance with our Director 
Compensation Policy. The table below sets forth the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 2019:

65

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation (U.S. $)

Name

$
Shona Brown (1)
Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez $
$
Sasan Goodarzi

Jay Parikh

Enrique Salem

Steven Sordello (2)

Richard P. Wong(3)

$

$

$

$

Salary/Fees

100,194

Benefits
—

50,000

50,278

50,000

50,000

70,000

60,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

Annual
Bonus

Long-Term 
Incentives(4)

Retirement
Benefits

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

225,015 (5)

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

— $

Total
325,209

275,015

275,293

275,015

275,015

295,015

285,015

(1)  Dr. Brown was the chair of the compensation and leadership development committee and chair of the board of 

directors.

(2)  Mr. Sordello was the chair of the audit committee.

(3)  Mr. Wong was the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

(4)  The equity awards are not subject to performance measures, so the value of the equity awards have been included 

in full, notwithstanding that the equity awards are subject to outstanding service-based vesting conditions. 

(5)  Each continuing non-employee member of our board of directors received an Annual Grant. 

The  board  of  directors  has  approved  an  updated  Director  Compensation  Policy  (the  “Revised  Director 
Compensation Policy”) to be voted upon by our shareholders at the Company’s 2019 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). 
If adopted by our shareholders, the Revised Director Compensation Policy would increase the retainer for annual 
service on our board of directors to $55,000, increase the additional retainer for annual service as non-executive chair 
of our board of directors to $50,000, and increase the fair market value of the Annual Grant to $250,000. In addition, 
pursuant to the Revised Director Compensation Policy, new directors joining our board of directors after the AGM would 
not receive an Initial Grant.

Director Agreements 

We entered into director agreements with each of Messrs. Parikh and Salem, each dated July 30, 2013.  The 
director agreements for Messrs. Parikh and Salem each provided the non-employee director with an option to purchase 
200,000 shares of restricted stock (automatically converted into the right to receive Class A ordinary shares upon our 
IPO), in each case at an exercise price of U.S. $2.92. The options vest in 48 equal monthly installments from their 
respective grant dates (each on July 30, 2013). Messrs. Parikh and Salem each early exercised his option and received 
shares subject to the company’s right of repurchase if the applicable director terminates his service for any reason 
prior to the applicable vesting dates. All early-exercised shares for each of Messrs. Parikh and Salem have vested and 
are no longer subject to the company’s right of repurchase.

We  also  entered  into  director  agreements  with  Dr.  Brown,  Ms.  Mirjahangir  Fernandez  and  Mr.  Sordello  in 
November 2015, and with Mr. Goodarzi in April 2018, and each were eligible to receive cash retainers and equity 
awards in accordance with the terms of our Director Compensation Policy.

We have not entered into a director agreement with Mr. Wong. In addition, we have not entered into a director 

agreement or employment agreement with either Mr. Cannon-Brookes or Mr. Farquhar.

In addition, pursuant our Director Compensation Policy, Messrs. Wong, Parikh and Salem each were eligible 

to receive cash retainers and an Annual Grant in accordance with the terms of our Director Compensation Policy.

We  do  not  have  service  contracts  with  any  of  our  non-employee  directors  that  provide  for  benefits  upon  a 

termination of service.

66

 
 
Executive Severance Plan 

In December 2014, we adopted an executive severance plan (the "Executive Severance Plan"), under which 
certain of our executive officers, excluding Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar, may participate. The Executive 
Severance Plan provides for a severance payment equal to six months of base salary upon a termination by us without 
"cause" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan) or a resignation by the executive officer for "good reason" (as 
defined in the Executive Severance Plan). In addition, upon such a termination within 12 months following a "change 
in control" (as defined in the Executive Severance Plan) in which outstanding equity awards of the company will be 
assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity, an executive officer will generally receive 100% (or such 
lower percentage as may be determined by our board of directors or the compensation and leadership development 
committee) accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards held by such executive officer at such 
time; provided, that any equity awards subject to performance conditions will be deemed satisfied at the target levels 
specified in the applicable award agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the outstanding equity awards of the 
company will not be assumed, continued or substituted by the successor entity in connection with the change in control, 
then each executive officer will receive 100% accelerated vesting of all unvested and outstanding equity awards held 
by such executive officer at such time; provided, that any equity awards subject to performance conditions will be 
deemed satisfied at the target levels specified in the applicable award agreements. 

Executive Bonus Plan 

We paid cash incentive bonuses to our executive officers for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 pursuant to 
our annual executive bonus plan (the "FY19 Bonus Plan"). Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar each opted not to 
participate in the FY19 Bonus Plan. 

The FY19 Bonus Plan provided our executive officers with an opportunity to earn an annual bonus payment 
with a target equal to 60% of their base salary and a maximum payout equal to 112.5%, as applicable, of their base 
salary, based on company performance (measured by revenue) and individual performance. In fiscal year 2019, payout 
to our executive officers pursuant to the FY19 Bonus Plan was equal to 61% of each executive officer’s base salary. 

Retirement Benefits 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we contributed approximately $52,052 into retirement funds on behalf 
of our executive officers in Australia (as required by applicable jurisdictional law), and approximately $56,700 into a 
tax  qualified  retirement  plan  (“the  401(k)  Plan”)  on  behalf  of  our  executive  officers  in  the  United  States.  Currency 
received by our employee directors in Australian dollars have been converted into U.S. dollars using a monthly average 
exchange rate for fiscal year 2019 of AUD $1.40 to U.S. $1.00. 

401(k) Plan 

We maintain a 401(k) Plan that provides all regular U.S. employees, including U.S. executive officers, with an 
opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) Plan, participants may elect to defer 
a  portion  of  their eligible  compensation  on  a  pre-tax and  Roth  after-tax,  and  voluntary  after-tax basis  and  have  it 
contributed to the 401(k) Plan subject to applicable annual Code limits. The 401(k) Plan allows for matching contributions 
to  be  made  by  us.  Currently,  we  make  a  safe  harbor  match  based  on  the  participant's  pre-tax  and  Roth  after-tax 
contributions up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's base salary, bonus and commissions paid during the applicable 
contribution period. Employee elective deferrals and safe harbor matching contributions are 100% vested at all times.

Health and Welfare Benefits 

Our executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, including our medical, 
dental, life and disability insurance plans, to the same extent as other employees generally in the jurisdiction each 
executive  officer  resides.  In  addition,  we  generally  do  not  provide  our  executive  officers  or  directors  with  material 
perquisites or other personal benefits. 

Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Options

We periodically grant options and RSUs to our employees, directors and consultants to enable them to share 

in our successes and to reinforce a corporate culture that aligns their interests with those of our shareholders. 

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we granted 290,056 RSUs in the aggregate under our 2015 Share 
Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) to our non-employee directors and executive officers. Our non-employee directors 
were granted equity awards during such fiscal year in accordance with the Director Compensation Policy. 

67

As of June 30, 2019, our executive officers held options to purchase 536,855 Class A ordinary shares, and 

620,027 RSUs. As of June 30, 2019, our directors held 26,617 RSUs. 

Equity Compensation Plans 

Prior to our IPO in December 2015, we granted equity awards under three main equity plans, our UK Employee 
Share Option Plan (the “Share Option Plan”), our 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan (the “2013 Plan”) and our 2014 Restricted 
Share Unit Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant equity awards under these 
equity plans. All equity awards have since been granted under our 2015 Plan. 

2015 Share Incentive Plan 

Our 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in October 2015 and approved by our shareholders in 
November 2015 and became effective immediately prior to our IPO in December 2015. The 2015 Plan replaced the 
Share  Option  Plan,  the  2013  Plan  and  the  2014  Plan.  The  2015  Plan  allows  the  compensation  and  leadership 
development committee to make equity-based incentive awards to our officers, employees, directors and consultants; 
provided, that awards to non-employee directors and consultants will be made under a subplan to the 2015 Plan. 

We initially reserved 20,700,000 Class A ordinary shares for the issuance of awards under the 2015 Plan. The 
2015 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically 
increase each July 1, beginning on July 1, 2016, by 5% of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares on the immediately 
preceding  June 30th or  such  lesser  number  of  Class A  ordinary  shares  as  determined  by  the  compensation  and 
leadership development committee in its discretion. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a share split, 
share dividend or other change in our capitalization. As of June 30, 2019, 9,112,327 RSUs, 317,531 restricted Class 
A ordinary shares, and 261,313  options to purchase Class A ordinary shares at a weighted-average exercise price of 
approximately $0.76 remained outstanding under the 2015 Plan. 

The shares we issue under the 2015 Plan will be newly created shares or shares that we reacquire. The Class A 
ordinary shares underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award 
to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of 
shares, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2015 Plan or our other equity plans will 
be added back to the Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Options and share appreciation rights with respect to no more than 5,000,000 shares may be granted to any 
one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum “performance-based award” payable to any one “covered 
employee” during a performance cycle under the 2015 Plan is 5,000,000 shares or $5,000,000 in the case of cash-
based performance awards. The maximum number of shares that may be issued as incentive share options may not 
exceed 20,700,000 cumulatively increased on July 1, 2016 and on each July 1st thereafter by the lesser of the annual 
increase for such year or 10,350,000 shares. The value of all awards issued under the 2015 Plan and all other cash 
compensation paid by us to any non-employee director in any calendar year cannot exceed $1,500,000. 

The 2015 Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. Our compensation 
and leadership development committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the 
individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and to determine the 
specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan. Persons eligible to participate 
in the 2015 Plan will be those full- or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants as selected 
from time to time by our compensation and leadership development committee in its discretion. Our compensation and 
leadership development committee may also delegate to our Chief Executive Officers, the chair of our compensation 
and leadership development committee, or a committee including either of such individuals, the power to grant awards 
to individuals (other than individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code. 

The  2015  Plan  permits  us  to  grant  options  that  are  intended  to  qualify  as  incentive  share  options  under 
Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The per share exercise price of each option will be determined 
by our compensation and leadership development committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value 
of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. An incentive share option that is granted to an employee who owns 
more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of our shares, or a 10% owner, must have a per share 
exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value of a Class A ordinary share on the date of grant. The term 
of each option will be fixed by our compensation and leadership development committee and may not exceed ten years 

68

from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option held by a 10% owner). Our compensation 
and leadership development committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised. To the 
extent required for incentive share option treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate fair market value 
(determined as of the time of grant) of the shares that first become exercisable by an option holder during any calendar 
year must not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any option exceeds this limit, it will constitute a nonqualified share 
option. 

Our compensation and leadership development committee may award share appreciation rights subject to such 
conditions and restrictions as it may determine. Share appreciation rights entitle the recipient to Class A ordinary shares, 
or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our share price over the exercise price. The per share exercise price 
may not be less than 100% of fair market value of a share on the date of grant. The term of a share appreciation right 
may not exceed ten years. 

Our compensation and leadership development committee may award restricted Class A ordinary shares and 
RSUs to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions 
may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified 
vesting period. Our compensation and leadership development committee may also grant Class A ordinary shares that 
are free from any restrictions under the 2015 Plan. Unrestricted Class A ordinary shares may be granted to participants 
in recognition of past services or for other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to 
such participant. 

Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant performance share awards to participants 
that entitle the recipient to receive awards of Class A ordinary shares upon the achievement of certain performance 
goals and such other conditions as our compensation and leadership development committee shall determine. Our 
compensation and leadership development committee may grant dividend equivalent rights to participants that entitle 
the recipient to receive credits for dividends that would be paid if the recipient had held a specified number of Class A 
ordinary shares. 

Our compensation and leadership development committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2015 Plan to 

participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals. 

Our  compensation  and  leadership  development  committee  may  grant  awards  of  restricted  shares,  RSUs, 
performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2015 Plan that are intended to qualify as "performance-based 
compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code. These awards will only vest or become payable upon the attainment 
of performance goals that are established by our compensation and leadership development committee and related 
to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that could be used with respect to any such awards 
include:  total  shareholder  return,  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization,  net  income  (loss) 
(either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our shares, 
economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue or bookings, acquisitions or strategic 
transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), 
return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, 
operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of our shares, sales or market 
shares, number of customers and number of average users, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as 
compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. 

The 2015 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2015 Plan, an acquirer 
or successor entity may assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding awards under the 2015 Plan. To the extent 
that awards granted under the 2015 Plan are not assumed or continued or substituted by the successor entity, all 
unvested and/or unexercisable awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions granted under the 2015 Plan 
shall fully accelerate, and all awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals 
may become vested and nonforfeitable in the plan administrator's discretion or to the extent specified in the applicable 
award agreement, in each case prior to the effectiveness of the sale event and then shall terminate. In the event of 
such termination, individuals holding options and share appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options 
and share appreciation rights (to the extent exercisable) prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with the 
termination of the 2015 Plan upon a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding 
vested  and  exercisable  options  and  share  appreciation  rights  equal  to  the  difference  between  the  per  share  cash 
consideration payable to shareholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or share appreciation 
rights. 

69

Our  board  of  directors  may  amend  or  discontinue  the  2015  Plan  and  our  compensation  and  leadership 
development committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or any 
other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder's consent. 
Certain amendments to the 2015 Plan require the approval of our shareholders. 

No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date of shareholder 

approval of the 2015 Plan. 

Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan 

The Share Option Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer 
grant any equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. The Share 
Option Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2019, options to purchase 
269,921 Class A ordinary shares remained outstanding under the Share Option Plan at a weighted-average exercise 
price of approximately $2.71 per share. 

The Share Option Plan allowed for the grant of options to our eligible employees, consultants or directors. 

The  Share  Option  Plan  is  administered  by  our  compensation  and  leadership  development  committee. The 
administrator has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for options, the individuals to whom options 
will be granted, determine the specific terms and conditions of each option, administer the Share Option Plan and 
delegate functions and powers as it may consider appropriate to administer the Share Option Plan to any person or 
persons capable of performing those functions and exercising those powers. 

An option, whether vested or unvested, lapses on the earliest to occur on the date: (i) specified in the offer to 
participate in the Share Option Plan; (ii) on which a “cessation event” (as defined in the Share Option Plan) occurs; 
(iii) on which the option otherwise lapses under the terms of the Share Option Plan; (iv) on which any lapsing event 
occurs as specified in the offer to participate in the Share Option Plan; and (v) if no date is specified and the option 
has not otherwise lapsed,  June 30, 2017. We may elect to purchase options, whether vested or not, from an option 
holder prior to the options being exercised. 

Upon  the  occurrence  of  an  “exit  event”  (as  defined  in  the  Share  Option  Plan),  each  option  will  either  be 
(i) assumed or an equivalent option or right will be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary 
of such successor operation or (ii) terminated in exchange for a payment of cash, securities and/or other property equal 
to the excess of the fair market value of the portion of the options that are vested and exercisable immediately prior 
to the consummation of the exit event over the per share exercise price thereof. 

Our board of directors may amend the Share Option Plan at any time; however, such amendment must not 
adversely affect the rights of option holders, without their consent, unless such amendment is required by applicable 
law. 

2013 U.S. Share Option Plan

The 2013 Plan was adopted in November 2013. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant any 
equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. The 2013 Plan will 
continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2019, options to purchase 689,592 Class 
A ordinary shares remained outstanding under the 2013 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately 
$3.03 per share. 

The 2013 Plan allowed for the grant of options to our employees, directors and consultants. 

The 2013 Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator 
has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for options, the individuals to whom options will be granted, 
to implement an option exchange program, to determine the specific terms and conditions of each option and to construe 
and interpret the terms of the 2013 Plan and any award agreements thereunder. 

The  2013  Plan  permitted  the  granting  of  both  options  to  purchase  restricted  shares  intended  to  qualify  as 
incentive share options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. Incentive share options were 
70

only granted to employees and were required to meet certain other requirements. The per share option exercise price 
of each option was determined by our compensation and leadership development committee but were not be less than 
100% of the fair market value of a restricted share on the date of grant. The term of each option did not exceed seven 
years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive share option held by a 10% owner). The administrator 
determines at what time or times each option may be exercised. 

The 2013 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “corporate transaction,” as defined in the 2013 Plan, 
each outstanding option will either be (i) assumed or an equivalent award will be substituted by the successor corporation 
or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation or (ii) terminated, in exchange for payment of cash, securities 
and/or other property for vested and exercisable options. 

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2013 Plan at any time; however, such amendment must 
not adversely affect the rights of option holders without their consent. Certain amendments to the 2013 Plan require 
the approval of our shareholders. 

2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan

The 2014 Plan was adopted in March 2014. Following our IPO in December 2015, we no longer grant any 
equity awards under this plan and any shares remaining available for issuance were cancelled. The 2014 Plan will 
continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of June 30, 2019, 99,284 RSUs remained outstanding 
under the 2014 Plan.

The 2014 Plan allowed for the grant of RSUs to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. 

The 2014 Plan is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator 
has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for RSUs, the individuals to whom RSUs will be granted, 
accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of the RSUs, administer the 2014 Plan and determine the specific terms 
and conditions of each RSU, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan. 

The 2014 Plan permitted the granting of RSUs subject to such conditions and restrictions as the compensation 
and  leadership  development  committee  determine.  These  conditions  and  restrictions  may  have  included  the 
achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. 

The 2014 Plan provides that upon the effectiveness of a “sale event,” as defined in the 2014 Plan, each unvested 
RSU will be forfeited immediately prior to such sale event, unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or 
awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor. In addition, in the event of a sale event, we 
may make a cash payment to holders of RSUs in exchange for the cancellation thereof. 

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2014 Plan, but no such actions may adversely affect the 

rights of an RSU holder without consent. 

2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan 

The 2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) was adopted by our board of directors in October 2015 

and approved by our shareholders in November 2015. We may, but have not yet elected to, implement the ESPP. 

The ESPP initially reserves and authorizes up to a total of 5,700,000 Class A ordinary shares to participating 
employees. The  ESPP  provides  that  the  number  of  shares  reserved  and  available  for  issuance  will  automatically 
increase each July 1st, beginning on July 1, 2016, by the lesser of (i) 2,850,000 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 1% of the 
outstanding number Class A ordinary shares on the immediately preceding June 30th, or (iii) such lesser number of 
Class A ordinary shares as determined by the plan administrator. The share reserve is subject to adjustment in the 
event of a share split, share dividend or other change in our capitalization. 

The ESPP is administered by our compensation and leadership development committee. The administrator 

has the authority to make all determinations for administration of the ESPP. 

71

 
  
All employees employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates whose customary employment is for more 
than 20 hours a week (unless this exclusion is not permitted by applicable law) are eligible to participate in the ESPP. 
Any employee who owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our shares is not 
eligible to purchase Class A ordinary shares under the ESPP. 

Offerings to our employees to purchase Class A ordinary shares under the ESPP may be made at such times 
as  determined  by  the  administrator.  Offerings  will  continue  for  such  period,  referred  to  as  offering  periods,  as  the 
administrator may determine, but may not be longer than 27 months. Each eligible employee may elect to participate 
in any offering by submitting an enrollment form before the applicable offering date. 

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase Class A ordinary shares by authorizing payroll 
deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee 
has previously withdrawn from the offering, their accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase Class A 
ordinary shares on the last business day of the applicable offering period equal to the lower of (i) the accumulated 
payroll deductions divided by either a per share price equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our Class A 
ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, (ii) 2,500 
Class A ordinary shares, or (iii) such other lesser maximum number of Class A ordinary shares as shall have been 
established by the administrator in advance of the offering. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no 
more than $25,000 worth of Class A ordinary shares, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in 
any calendar year. 

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering 
period will be refunded. An employee's rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or 
when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason. 

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our compensation and leadership development committee or 
board  of  directors  at  any  time. An  amendment  that  increases  the  number  of  our  Class A  ordinary  shares  that  are 
authorized  under  the  ESPP  and  certain  other  amendments  require  the  approval  of  our  shareholders.  The  plan 
administrator may adopt subplans under the ESPP for employees of our non-U.S. subsidiaries and may permit such 
employees to participate in the ESPP on different terms, to the extent permitted by applicable law. 

C. Board of Directors Practices

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of nine members, all of whom were elected pursuant to the board 
composition provisions of our articles of association. Under our amended and restated articles of association, the 
appointment of directors is determined by a majority of our board of directors and there are no contractual rights for 
any shareholder to appoint a director to the board of directors. 

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information 
provided  by  each  director  concerning  their  background,  employment  and  affiliations,  our  board  of  directors  has 
determined that Dr. Brown, Messrs. Goodarzi, Parikh, Salem, Sordello and Wong, and Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez do 
not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities 
of  a  director  and  that  each  of  these  directors  is  "independent"  as  that  term  is  defined  under  the  NASDAQ  listing 
standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that 
each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed 
relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee 
director and the transactions described in "Related Party Transactions."

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our  board  of  directors  has  established  an  audit  committee,  a  compensation  and  leadership  development 
committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of 
the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation 
or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it 
deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

72

  
 
Audit Committee

Messrs. Salem  and  Sordello  and  Ms. Mirjahangir  Fernandez,  each  of  whom  is  a  non-employee  director, 
comprise our audit committee. Mr. Sordello is the chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined 
that each of the members of our audit committee satisfies the requirements for independence and financial literacy 
under the listing standards of NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that 
Mr. Sordello qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in the SEC rules and satisfies the financial 
sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ listing standards. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other 
things:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm; 

evaluating the performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm 
and the performance of the company’s internal audit function; 

approving the audit and pre-approving any non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered 
public accounting firm; 

reviewing our financial statements and related disclosures and reviewing our critical accounting policies and 
practices; 

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and our disclosure 
controls and procedures; 

overseeing and reviewing our guidelines and policies that govern the process by which our exposure to risk 
is assessed and managed by management

overseeing procedures for the treatment of complaints on accounting, internal accounting controls, or audit 
matters; 

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results 
of our annual audit and the financial statements included in our publicly filed reports; and 

• 

reviewing and approving any proposed related person transactions.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the 

SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

Compensation and Leadership Development Committee

Dr. Brown  and  Messrs. Goodarzi  and  Parikh,  each  of  whom  is  a  non-employee  director,  comprise  our 
compensation and leadership development committee. Dr. Brown is the chair of our compensation and leadership 
development committee. Although the rules of NASDAQ do not require the compensation and leadership development 
committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors for as long as we remain a foreign private issuer, our 
board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation and leadership development committee 
satisfies  the  requirements  for  independence  under  the  NASDAQ  listing  standards  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the SEC. Each member of our compensation and leadership development committee is also a non-
employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our compensation and 
leadership development committee is responsible for, among other things:

• 

• 

• 

reviewing and evaluating our Co-Chief Executive Officers' and other executive officers' compensation, incentive 
compensation plans, including the specific goals and amounts, equity compensation, employment agreements, 
severance  arrangements  and  change  in  control  agreements,  and  any  other  benefits,  compensation  or 
arrangements; 

administering our equity and cash compensation plans, and other material benefit programs; and 

overseeing our overall compensation philosophy, compensation plans, and benefits programs.

73

Our compensation and leadership development committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the 

applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ listing standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez and Messrs. Salem and Wong, each of whom is a non-employee director, comprise 
our nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Wong is the chair of our nominating and corporate governance 
committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance 
committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the NASDAQ listing standards. Our nominating and 
corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

• 

• 

evaluating  and  making  recommendations  regarding  the  composition,  qualification,  organization  and 
governance of our board of directors and its committees; 

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in 
mandate or dissolution of committees; and 

• 

reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

Our  nominating  and  corporate  governance  committee  operates  under  a  written  charter  that  satisfies  the 

NASDAQ listing standards.

D. Employees

We have made significant investments in our business to support future growth, including a substantial increase 
in  our  global  employee  base. As  of  June 30,  2019,  2018  and  2017,  we  had  3,616,  2,638,  and  2,193  employees, 
respectively.

E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, please refer to “Item 

6.B. Compensation” and “Item 7.A. Major Shareholders.”

Item 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of June 30, 

2019 by: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

each executive officer; 

our directors;

our directors and executive officers as a group; and 

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of any class of our outstanding shares 
(by number or by voting power).

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the 
information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the 
footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table 
below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to 
applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 118,184,933 Class A ordinary shares and 124,722,559 Class B 
ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2019. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person 
and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the 
74

          
 
      
person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2019 or issuable upon the vesting of 
RSUs held by the person within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing 

the percentage ownership of any other person.

Name of Beneficial Owner

5% Shareholders:

Shares Beneficially Owned

Class A

Class B

     Shares

%

Shares

%

% of Total 
Voting 
Power (1)

Entities affiliated with Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (2)

Entities affiliated with Baillie Gifford & Co. (3)

8,664,465

7,610,193

Entities affiliated with Capital Research Global Investors (4)

10,790,810

Entities affiliated with FMR LLC (5)

Entities affiliated with Sands Capital Management (6)

Entities affiliated with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (7)

7,813,171

6,493,358

10,349,989

7.33%

6.44%

9.13%

6.61%

5.49%

8.76%

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Directors and Executive Officers:

Michael Cannon-Brookes (8)

Scott Farquhar (9)

Jay Simons (10)

James Beer (11)

Tom Kennedy (12)

Sri Viswanath (13)

Helen Russell (14)

Shona Brown (15)

Heather Mirjahangir Fernandez (16)

Jay Parikh (17)

Enrique Salem (18)

Steven Sordello (19)

Sasan Goodarzi (20)

Richard P. Wong (21)

-

-

1,003,000

23,342

58,855

247,279

14,796

25,350

14,025

15,000

125,807

39,364

3,564

141,210

-

-

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

61,742,279

61,742,279

333,000

49.5%

49.5%

*

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

*

*

*

*

*

*

45.22%

45.22%

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

All directors and executive officers as a group (14)
persons) (22)

_________

*Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%

1,711,592

1.44% 123,817,558

99.27%

90.77%

(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A ordinary shares 
and Class B ordinary shares as a single class. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share 
and holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to ten votes per share.

(2) Based on information reported by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Artisan Investments GP LLC, 
Artisan Partners Holdings LP, and Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc. on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on 
February 7, 2019. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Artisan, Artisan Investments GP LLC, 
Artisan Partners Holdings LP, and Artisan Partners Asset Management Inc. each reported that it has shared dispositive 
power with respect to 8,664,465 shares, and shared voting power with respect to 8,060,252 shares. Entities affiliated 
with Artisan listed their address as 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

(3) Based on information reported by Baillie Gifford & Co (“Baillie Gifford”) on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on 
January 24, 2019. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Baillie Gifford reported that it has sole 
dispositive power with respect to 7,610,193 shares, and sole voting power with respect to 3,501,377 shares. Baillie 
Gifford listed their address as Calton Square, 1 Greenside Row, Edinburgh EH1 3AN, Scotland, UK.

75

(4) Based on information reported by Capital Research Global Investors ("Capital Research"), a division of Capital 
Research and Management Company, on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 14, 2019. Of the shares of 
Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Capital Research reported that it has sole dispositive power with respect 
to 10,790,810 shares, and sole voting power with respect to 10,790,810 shares. Capital Research listed their address 
as 333 South Hope Street, Los Angeles, CA 90071.

(5) Based on information reported by FMR LLC. ("FMR") and Abigail P. Johnson on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC 
on February 13, 2019. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, FMR reported that it has sole 
dispositive power with respect to 7,813,171 shares, and sole voting power with respect to 1,242,530 shares. Of the 
shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Abigail P. Johnson reported that it has sole dispositive power 
with respect to 7,813,171 shares. Entities affiliated with FMR listed their address as 245 Summer Street, Boston, 
Massachusetts 02210.

(6) Based on information reported by Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands”) on Schedule 13G filed with the SEC 
on January 10, 2019. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, Sands reported that it has sole 
dispositive power with respect to 6,493,358 shares, and sole voting power with respect to 4,624,708 shares. Sands 
listed their address as 1000 Wilson Blvd., Suite 3000, Arlington, VA 22209.

(7)  Based on information reported by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“T. Rowe Price”) on Schedule 13G filed with the 
SEC on February 14, 2019. Of the shares of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned, T. Rowe Price reported that 
it  has  sole  dispositive  power  with  respect  to  10,349,989  shares,  and  sole  voting  power  with  respect  to  3,198,485 
shares.  Entities affiliated with T. Rowe Price listed their address as 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

(8) Consists of (i) 7,293,789 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Cannon-Brookes and (ii) 54,448,490 Class 
B ordinary shares held of record by Grokco Pty Ltd as trustee for the Grok Trust.

(9) Consists of (i) 7,293,789 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Farquhar and (ii) 54,448,490 Class B ordinary 
shares held of record by Skip Enterprises Pty Limited as trustee for the Farquhar Family Trust.

(10) Consists of (i) 245,720 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Simons, (ii) 87,280 Class B ordinary shares 
held of record by The Jay Norman Simons 2013 Annuity Trust, in which Mr. Simons shares voting and dispositive 
power, (iii) 500,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Simons, and (iv) 503,000 Class A ordinary shares 
subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

(11) Consists of (i) 5,428 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Beer as trustee of the James A & Lael L Beer 
Trust and (ii) 17,914 RSUs that vest within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

(12) Consists of (i) 25,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Kennedy and (ii) 33,855 Class A ordinary 
shares subject to outstanding options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

(13) Consists of 247,279 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Viswanath.

(14) Consists of (i) 2,746 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Ms. Russell and (ii) 12,050 RSUs that vest within 
60 days of June 30, 2019.

(15) Consists of (i) 24,480 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Dr. Brown and (ii) 870 RSUs that vest within 60 
days of June 30, 2019.

(16) Consists of (i) 13,155 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Ms. Mirjahangir Fernandez and (ii) 870 RSUs 
that vest within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

(17) Consists of 15,000 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Parikh

(18) Consists of 125,807 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Salem.

(19) Consists of (i) 38,494 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Sordello and (ii) 870 RSUs that vest within 
60 days of June 30, 2019.

76

(20) Consists of (i) 3,312 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Goodarzi and (ii) 252 RSUs that vest within 
60 days of June 30, 2019.

(21) Consists of 141,210 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Wong.

(22) Consists of (i) 1,141,911 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 123,817,558 Class B ordinary shares, (iii) options to purchase 
536,855 Class A ordinary shares that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2019 and (iv) 32,826 RSUs that vest 
within 60 days of June 30, 2019.

Two  of  our  major  shareholders, Michael Cannon-Brookes and Scott  Farquhar,  hold  the  majority  of our 
outstanding Class B ordinary shares. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in 
a change of control of our company.

 As of June 30, 2019, approximately 0.1% of our outstanding shares were Class B shares held in the United 
States by one record holder. As of June 30, 2019, approximately 48.28% of our outstanding shares were Class A 
shares held in the United States by one record holder (Cede and Company). 

As of June 30, 2019, entities affiliated with Janus Henderson Group PLC and entities affiliated with Wellington 

Management Group LLC each no longer hold greater than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

B. Related Party Transactions

Other than as described below, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, there has not been any transaction 
to which we were or are a party in which we, any of our directors, executive officers, associates, or holders of more 
than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing 
persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

RSUs

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, we granted RSUs to our non-employee directors and certain of 

our executive officers.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them 
to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law. These agreements indemnify these individuals against certain 
costs, charges, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred by such director in the execution or discharge of 
his  duties.  These  agreements  do  not  indemnify  our  directors  against  any  liability  attaching  to  such  individuals  in 
connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he or 
she is a director, which would be rendered void under the Companies Act.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided 
to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or 
other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us 
with  respect  to  payments  that  may  be  made  by  us  to  these  directors  and  executive  officers  pursuant  to  our 
indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or 

indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive 
officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of 
the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

77

Registration Agreement

In July 2010, our predecessor entity, Atlassian Corporation Pty Ltd., entered into a Registration Agreement with 
certain holders of our outstanding share capital, including Messrs. Cannon-Brookes and Farquhar. As of June 30, 
2019, certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, including our founders, are 
entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act.

Atlassian Foundation

The Atlassian Foundation was established in 2008 with the vision of helping to make the world better. Together 
with the Atlassian Foundation International Limited, which was established in 2016, the Atlassian Foundation works 
on a range of different projects in conjunction with organizations including the Australian Government Department of 
Foreign Affairs  and Trade,  Massachusetts  Institute  of Technology,  Room  to  Read,  40K  Foundation,  Raspberry  Pi 
Foundation, and Ruangguru.

We contribute approximately 1% of our annual profits and all revenues associated with our starter licenses for 
on-premises products to the Atlassian Foundation. We donated $3.6 million to the Atlassian Foundation in fiscal year 
2019. Additionally, since the Atlassian Foundation's inception, we have provided, at no charge, certain resources to 
Atlassian Foundation employees such as office space and salaries.

LinkedIn

In fiscal year 2019, we purchased approximately $2.7 million of services from LinkedIn Corporation (“LinkedIn”), 
for recruiting purposes, in the ordinary course of business. Mr. Sordello, one of our board members, is Chief Financial 
Officer of LinkedIn. The transactions between Atlassian and LinkedIn were not negotiated by Mr. Sordello. Mr. Sordello 
does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Splunk

In fiscal year 2019, we purchased $2.3 million of services from Splunk Inc. (“Splunk”) for systems monitoring 
purposes, in the ordinary course of business. Sri Viswanath, our Chief Technology Officer joined Splunk as a director 
of the board in March 2019. The contract with Splunk was not negotiated by Mr. Viswanath and was executed before 
he joined the board. Mr. Viswanath does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Intuit

In fiscal year 2019, Intuit purchased approximately $0.4 million of products from us, in the ordinary course of 
business. Mr. Goodarzi, one of our board members, is Chief Executive Officer and a director of Intuit. The transactions 
between Atlassian and Intuit were not negotiated by Mr. Goodarzi and were in the ordinary course of business. Mr. 
Goodarzi does not have a material interest in the relationship described above.

Certain Relationships

From time to time, we engage in certain transactions with other companies affiliated with our directors, executive 
officers, and significant shareholders or their immediate family members. We believe that all such arrangements have 
been entered into in the ordinary course of business and do not represent a material interest to such directors, executive 
officers or significant shareholders.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

The audit committee has the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving related party 
transactions, which are transactions between us and related persons in which we or a related person has or will have 
a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive 
officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, in each case since the beginning 
of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter provides that 
the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

78

 
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time we may be subject to legal proceedings 

and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

Dividend Policy

While we have in the past paid limited dividends, we do not have any present or future plan to pay dividends 
on our shares. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion 
of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, 
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem 
relevant.

B. Significant Changes

 We  have  not  experienced  any  significant  changes  since  the  date  of  our  audited  consolidated  financial 

statements included in this annual report.

Item 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING 

A. Offer and Listing Details 

The principal market in which our Class A ordinary shares are traded is on NASDAQ under the symbol “TEAM.” 

B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C. Markets

Our Class A ordinary shares are quoted on NASDAQ under the symbol “TEAM.”

D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E. Dilution

Not applicable.

F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

79

     
   
Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

           The information required by this section, including a summary of certain key provisions of our articles of 
association, is set forth in Exhibit 4.4 (Description of Share Capital) filed as an exhibit to this annual report and is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

C. Material Contracts

We have not entered into any material contracts other than in the ordinary course of business and other than 
as may be described in “Item 4. Information on the Company,” “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” 
or elsewhere in this annual report.

D. Exchange Controls

Other than applicable taxation, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing law and regulations and 
certain economic sanctions which may be in force from time to time, there are currently no English laws or regulations, 
or any provision of our articles of association, which would prevent the import or export of capital or remittance of 
dividends, interest and other payments to holders of our securities who are not residents of the United Kingdom. on 
a general basis.

E. Taxation

Material U.K. Tax Considerations

The comments set out below are based on current U.K. tax law as applied in England and HMRC practice 
(which may not be binding on HMRC) as of the date of this annual report, both of which are subject to change, possibly 
with retrospective effect. They are intended as a general guide and apply only to our shareholders resident and, in the 
case of an individual, domiciled for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and to whom “split year” treatment does not 
apply (except insofar as express reference is made to the treatment of non-U.K. residents), who hold Class A ordinary 
shares as an investment and who are the absolute beneficial owners thereof. The discussion does not address all 
possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the Class A ordinary shares. Certain categories of shareholders, 
including those carrying on certain financial activities, those subject to specific tax regimes or benefitting from certain 
reliefs or exemptions, those connected with us, those that own (or are deemed to own) 5% or more of our shares and/
or voting power (either alone or together with connected persons) and those for whom the Class A ordinary shares 
are employment-related securities may be subject to special rules and this summary does not apply to such shareholders 
and any general statements made in this disclosure do not take them into account. This summary does not address 
any inheritance tax considerations.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal 
or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific 
investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In 
particular:

Taxation of Dividends

We will not be required to withhold amounts on account of U.K. tax at source when paying a dividend.

Individuals

U.K. resident and domiciled holders do not have to pay tax on the first £2,000 of dividend income received in 
the 2019/2020 tax year (the "dividend allowance"). However tax will be levied on any dividends received over the 
dividend allowance at 7.5% on dividend income within the basic rate band, 32.5% on dividend income within the higher 
rate band and 38.1% on dividend income within the additional rate band. 

80

      
          
 
 
 
Corporate Shareholders

Although shareholders who are within the charge to corporation tax would strictly be subject to corporation 
tax on dividends paid by us (subject to special rules for such shareholders that are “small” companies), generally such 
dividends will fall within an exempt class and will not be subject to corporation tax (provided certain conditions are met 
and  anti-avoidance  rules  are  satisfied).  However,  each  shareholder's  position  will  depend  on  its  own  individual 
circumstances and shareholders within the charge to corporation tax should consult their own professional advisers.

Non-Residents

A shareholder resident outside the United Kingdom may also be subject to foreign taxation on dividend income 
under local law. Shareholders who are not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should obtain their own 
tax advice concerning tax liabilities on dividends received from us.

Taxation of Capital Gains on Disposals of Class A ordinary shares

U.K. Shareholders

Shareholders who are resident in the United Kingdom, and individual shareholders who are temporarily non-
resident and subsequently resume residence in the United Kingdom within a certain time, may depending on their 
circumstances  and  the  availability  of  exemptions  or  reliefs  (including,  for  example,  the  annual  exempt  amount  for 
individuals), be liable to U.K. taxation on chargeable gains in respect of gains arising from a sale or other disposal (or 
deemed disposal) of the Class A ordinary shares.

Non-U.K. Shareholders

An individual holder who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable to United Kingdom 
capital gains tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of their Class A ordinary shares unless such shareholder 
carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch 
or agency in the United Kingdom to which the shares are attributable. In these circumstances, such shareholder may, 
depending on their individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from 
a disposal of their shares.

A corporate holder of shares who is not a United Kingdom resident shareholder will not be liable for United 
Kingdom corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of its shares unless it carries on a trade in the 
U.K. through a permanent establishment to which the shares are attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal of 
shares by such shareholder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation 
tax.

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax 

The statements in this section titled “Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)” are intended as a 
general  guide  to  the  current  United  Kingdom  stamp  duty  and  SDRT  position.  The  discussion  below  relates  to 
shareholders wherever resident, but investors should note that certain categories of person are not liable to stamp 
duty or SDRT and others may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for tax, be required to 
notify and account for SDRT under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

General

Except in relation to depositary receipt systems and clearance services (to which the special rules outlined 

below apply):

(i) No stamp duty or SDRT will arise on the issue of Class A ordinary shares in registered form by us.

(ii) An agreement to transfer Class A ordinary shares will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of 
0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer. SDRT is, in general, payable by the 
purchaser.

81

 
 
 
(iii) Instruments transferring Class A ordinary shares will generally be subject to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% 
of the consideration given for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5). The purchaser normally pays the stamp 
duty.

(iv) If a duly stamped transfer completing an agreement to transfer is produced within six years of the date on 
which the agreement is made (or, if the agreement is conditional, the date on which the agreement becomes 
unconditional), any SDRT already paid is generally repayable, normally with interest, and any SDRT charge 
yet to be paid is cancelled.

Depositary Receipt Systems and Clearance Services

U.K. domestic law provides that where our Class A ordinary shares are issued or transferred to a depositary 
receipt system or clearance service (or their nominees or agents) SDRT (in the case of an issue of shares) and stamp 
duty or SDRT (in the case of a transfer of shares) may be payable, broadly at the higher rate of 1.5% of the amount
or value of the consideration given (or, in certain circumstances, the value of the shares) (rounded up to the nearest 
£5 in the case of stamp duty). Generally, transfers within such depositary receipt system or clearance service are 
thereafter not subject to stamp duty or SDRT, provided that (in the case of a clearance service) no election under 
section 97A of the Finance Act 1986 has been made (as to which, see further below).

However, following the European Court of Justice decision in C-569/07 HSBC Holdings Plc, Vidacos Nominees 
Limited v. The Commissioners of Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs and the First-tier Tax Tribunal decision in HSBC 
Holdings Plc  and  The  Bank  of  New  York  Mellon  Corporation  v.  The  Commissioners  of  Her  Majesty's  Revenue & 
Customs, HMRC has confirmed that a charge to 1.5% SDRT is no longer payable when new shares are issued to a 
clearance service (such as, in our understanding, DTC) or depositary receipt system.

HMRC remains of the view that where Class A ordinary shares are transferred (a) to, or to a nominee or an 
agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or (b) to, or to a nominee or an 
agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, stamp duty or SDRT will generally be 
payable at the higher rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given or, in certain circumstances, the 
value of the Class A ordinary shares.

There is an exception from the 1.5% charge on the transfer to, or to a nominee or agent for, a clearance service 
where the clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act 1986 which 
has been approved by HMRC and which applies to the Class A ordinary shares. In these circumstances, SDRT at the 
rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer will arise on any transfer of Class A 
ordinary shares into such an account and on subsequent agreements to transfer such Class A ordinary shares within 
such account. It is our understanding that DTC has not made an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act of 
1986, and that therefore transfers or agreements to transfer shares held in book entry (i.e., electronic) form within the 
facilities of DTC should not be subject to U.K. stamp duty or SDRT.

Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of a transfer into a clearance service or depositary receipt system, 
or in respect of a transfer within such a service, which does arise will strictly be accountable by the clearance service 
or depositary receipt system operator or their nominee, as the case may be, but will, in practice, be payable by the 
participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership 
and disposition of Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary addresses only the U.S. 
federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that hold Class A ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal 
income tax purposes. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a 
particular U.S. holder. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of Class A ordinary 
shares that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

• 

• 

banks, financial institutions or insurance companies; 

brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts; 

82

 
 
  
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in 
Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively; 

real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts; 

persons that hold the Class A ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated” or “conversion” 
transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes; 

partnerships (including entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or other 
pass-through entities, or persons that will hold the Class A ordinary shares through such an entity; 

certain former citizens or long term residents of the United States; 

holders that own directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of the 
Class A ordinary shares; 

holders that own directly, indirectly or through attribution Class B ordinary shares; and 

holders that have a “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, or alternative minimum tax considerations, 
or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

This description is based on the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated 
thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof. All the foregoing is subject to change, which change 
could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described 
below.  There  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  IRS  will  not  take  a  contrary  or  different  position  concerning  the  tax 
consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares or that such a position would not be 
sustained. Holders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax 
consequences of owning and disposing of the Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares that is (or is 

treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

• 

• 

• 

• 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; 

a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or 
organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or 

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and 
one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a 
valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Class A 
ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the Class A ordinary shares 
will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership 
should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of the 
Class A ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

As indicated below, this discussion is subject to U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to a “passive foreign 

investment company” (“PFIC”).

Distributions

Although  we  do  not  currently  plan  to  pay  dividends,  and  subject  to  the  discussion  in  “—Passive  Foreign 
Investment Company Considerations,” below, the gross amount of any distribution (before reduction for any amounts 
withheld in respect of foreign withholding tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to Class A 
83

          
          
          
          
         
ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. holder's pro rata share of our 
current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions 
in excess of earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and 
reduce, the U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and 
profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital 
gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year as of the 
time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal 
income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would 
otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on Class A 
ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one 
year) applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed below) if we are a “qualified foreign corporation” and certain 
other  requirements  (discussed  below)  are  met. A  non-United  States  corporation  (other  than  a  corporation  that  is 
classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be 
considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with 
the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this 
provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on Class A 
ordinary  shares  which  are  readily  tradable  on  an  established  securities  market  in  the  United  States. The  Class A 
ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which is an established securities market in the 
United States. However, there can be no assurance that the Class A ordinary shares will be considered readily tradable 
on an established securities market in the United States in later years. Subject to the discussion in “-Passive Foreign 
Investment Company Considerations,” below, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands 
of  individual  U.S.  holders,  provided  that  a  holding  period  requirement  (more  than  60 days  of  ownership,  without 
protection from the risk of loss, during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date) and certain 
other requirements are met. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed 
to corporate U.S. holders.

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the dollar value of the 
foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the U.S. holder receives the distribution, 
regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss 
a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary 
income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, 
a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Class A Ordinary Shares

A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange 
or other taxable disposition of Class A ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar 
value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder's tax basis for those Class A ordinary 
shares. Subject to the discussion in “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” below, this gain or loss 
will generally be a capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares generally will be equal to 
the cost of such Class A ordinary shares. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A 
ordinary shares of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital 
gains, if the non-corporate U.S. holder's holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable 
disposition for such Class A ordinary shares exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility 
of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations under the Code. Any such gain or loss 
that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation 
purposes.

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot 
rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result 
from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis 
taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and 
sales of the Class A ordinary shares that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied 
consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis 
taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars 
at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange 

84

gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain 
or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Net Investment Income Tax

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts may be subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of 
their  “net  investment  income,”  which  may  include  all  or  a  portion  of  their  dividend  income  and  net  gains  from  the 
disposition of Class A ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax 
advisors regarding the applicability of the net investment income tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment 
in the Class A ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

If we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. holder would be subject to special rules generally 
intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive 
from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income 
tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and 
assets of its subsidiaries, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income” or (ii) at least 50% of the 
average quarterly value of its total gross assets (which, assuming we are not a controlled foreign corporation for the 
year being tested, would be measured by the fair market value of our assets) is attributable to assets that produce 
“passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

We do not believe that we are a PFIC, and we do not expect to become a PFIC. However, our status in any 
taxable year will depend on our assets, income and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination 
made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC 
for the current taxable year or any future taxable years. If we were a PFIC for any taxable year while a taxable U.S. 
holder held our Class A ordinary shares, such U.S. holder would generally be taxed at ordinary income rates on any 
gain recognized from the sale or exchange of our Class A ordinary shares and on any dividends treated as “excess 
distributions” and interest charges generally applicable to underpayments of tax should apply to any taxes payable.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, U.S. holders may be able to make certain elections that could alleviate some 
of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment of the Class A ordinary shares. 
Such elections include a “mark to market” election, a “deemed sale” election, and a “qualified electing fund” election. 
We may or may not be able to provide the information required to make any such elections, and U.S. holders should 
therefore not assume that any particular election will be available to them.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would 
apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries 
that also may be determined to be PFICs.

If a U.S. holder owns Class A ordinary shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder 
generally will be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment 
Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder's federal income tax 
return for that year. If our company were a PFIC for a given taxable year, then you should consult your tax advisor 
concerning your annual filing requirements.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult 
their own tax advisers with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, the consequences 
to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the Class A ordinary shares and the IRS 
information reporting obligations with respect to the ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on Class A 
ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of Class A ordinary shares that are paid 
within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” 
In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a 
85

      
taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup 
withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a 
U.S.  holder's  U.S.  federal  income  tax  liability  and  may  entitle  such  holder  to  a  refund,  provided  that  the  required 
information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in the Class A 
ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. 
financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income 
tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, 
with respect to their ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H. Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, 
we file reports and furnish other information as a foreign private issuer with the SEC. These materials, including this 
report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, 
N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports 
and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. This report as well as some of the other 
information submitted by us to the SEC may be accessed through this Web site. In addition, information about us is 
available at our web site: www.atlassian.com.

I. Subsidiary Information

 Not applicable.

Item 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Currency Risk

We operate globally and are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from exposure to various currencies in 
the ordinary course of business. Our exposures primarily consist of the Australian dollar, British pound, Euro, Japanese 
yen, Philippine peso, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions 
and recognized financial assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. Our foreign exchange 
policy is reviewed annually by the our audit committee and requires us to monitor our foreign exchange exposure on 
a regular basis.

The substantial majority of our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and our operating expenses 
are generally denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. We therefore 
benefit from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. 

We have a cash flow hedging program in place and enter into derivative transactions to manage certain foreign 
currency exchange risks that arise in our ordinary business operations. We recognize all derivative instruments as 
either assets or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial position and measure them at fair value. Gains 
and losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether 
it is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

We enter into master netting agreements with select financial institutions to reduce our credit risk and contract 
with several counterparties to reduce our concentration risk with any single counterparty. We do not have significant 
exposure to counterparty credit risk at this time. We do not require nor are we required to post collateral of any kind 
related to our foreign currency derivatives.

86

       
     
Foreign currency exchange rate exposure

We hedged material foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities using balance sheet hedges. 
The fluctuations in the fair market value of balance sheet hedges due to foreign currency rates generally offset those 
of the hedged items, resulting in no material effect on profit. Consequently, we are primarily exposed to significant 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with regard to the spot component of derivatives held within a designated 
cash flow hedge relationship affecting other comprehensive income

Foreign currency sensitivity

A sensitivity analysis performed on our hedging portfolio as of June 30, 2019 indicated that a hypothetical 10% 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies applicable to our business would decrease the fair value of 
our foreign currency contracts by $22.5 million. A hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies 
would increase the fair value of our foreign currency contracts by $22.5 million. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on our hedging portfolio as of June 30, 2018 indicated that a hypothetical 10% 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies applicable to our business would decrease the fair value of 
our foreign currency contracts by $18.8 million. A hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies 
would increase the fair value of our foreign currency contracts by $18.8 million. 

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash equivalents and investment portfolio are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed 
rate securities may have their market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates. As of June 30, 2019, 
we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.3 billion and short-term investments totaling $445.0 million. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on our portfolio indicated that a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest 
rates at June 30, 2019 and 2018 would result in a $2.3 million and $1.7 million decrease in the market value of our 
investments, respectively. This estimate is based on a sensitivity model that measures market value changes when 
changes in interest rates occur.

Equity Price Risk

We are exposed to equity price risk in connection with our Notes, including exchange and settlement provisions 
based on the price of our Class A ordinary shares at exchange or maturity of the Notes. In addition, the capped call 
transactions associated with the Notes also include settlement provisions that are based on the price of our Class A 
ordinary shares. The amount of cash we may receive from capped call counterparties in connection with the capped 
calls is determined by the price of our Class A ordinary shares. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on the Notes embedded exchange derivative and capped call transactions 
indicates that a hypothetical 10% increase in our share price would increase the fair value of the Notes embedded 
exchange derivative by $138.6 million and increase the fair value of the capped call transactions by $16.2 million. A 
hypothetical 10% decrease in our share price would decrease the fair value of the Notes embedded exchange derivative 
by $134.6 million and decrease the fair value of the capped call transactions by $18.2 million.  

The Group is also exposed to equity price risk in connection with our equity investments. Our marketable and 
non-marketable equity investments are susceptible to market price risk from uncertainties about future values of the 
investment  securities. As  of  June 30,  2019,  our  marketable  equity  investments  are  fair  valued  at  $58.9  million. A 
hypothetical 10% increase in the respective share prices of our equity investments would increase the fair value of 
our marketable equity investments by $5.9 million.

See Note 5, “Financial Assets and Liabilities,” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for more 

details on our quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk.

Item 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 

Not applicable.

87

 
Item 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 

 PART II 

None.

Item 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

None. 

Item 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure controls and procedures

Our Co-Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of June 30, 2019, have concluded that, 
as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and ensured that the information required to 
be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our 
management,  including  our  Co-Chief  Executive  Officers  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified 
by the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting,  as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(f)  of  the  Exchange Act.  Our  management  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework). 
Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  policies  and  procedures  that  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes 
in accordance with IFRS. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial 
reporting was effective as of June 30, 2019. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, 
has issued an audit report with respect to our internal control over financial reporting, which appears in Part III, Item 
18 of this annual report. 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation 
required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the year ended June 30, 2019 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Limitations on effectiveness of controls and procedures

In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, 
management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide 
only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls 
and procedures and internal control over financial reporting must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints 
and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures 
relative to their costs.

Item 16. [RESERVED]

Item 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sordello is independent and qualifies as an “audit committee 
financial expert” as set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements 
of the NASDAQ listing standards. 

88

Item 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

  Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, 
officers and directors, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior 
financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics is posted on the investor relations page of 
our website at https://investors.atlassian.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct 
and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, as it applies to our executive officers and directors, on our website or in 
filings under the Exchange Act.

Item 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees and the aggregate of all other fees billed to us by Ernst & 

Young LLP for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

Audit fees (1)

Audit-related fees (2)

Tax fees (3)

Other fees (4)

Total

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

2,980 $
648
220

8

3,469
447
238

3

$

3,856 $

4,157

(1) Audit Fees consist of fees incurred for professional services rendered for the integrated audit of our annual 
consolidated financial statements, review of the quarterly consolidated financial statements and foreign statutory audits 
and services that are normally provided by Ernst & Young LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or 
engagements. Audit fees also include accounting consultations, research related to the integrated audit and comfort 
letter services in relation to our exchangeable senior notes.

(2) Audit-Related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to             

the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under 
“Audit Fees.” This primarily consists of fees for service organization control audits and due diligence on acquisitions.

(3) Tax fees relate to assistance with tax compliance, tax planning and various tax advisory services.

(4) Other fees are any additional amounts for products and services provided by the principal accountants.

Our audit committee has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of our independent accountant to 
perform certain audit and non-audit services. Pursuant to this policy, which is designed to assure that such engagements 
do not impair the independence of our auditors, the audit committee pre-approves annually all audit services, audit-
related services, tax services and other services as described above, that may be performed by our independent 
accountants. All of the audit and non-audit services provided by our principal accountants have been pre-approved 
by our Audit Committee.

Item 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES 

Not applicable.

Item 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 

Not applicable.

Item 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

89

 
Item 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of NASDAQ. Under 
the securities laws of the United States, foreign private issuers are subject to different disclosure requirements than 
U.S. domiciled registrants. We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private 
issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules adopted by the 
SEC and NASDAQ's listing standards. Under NASDAQ's rules, a foreign private issuer is subject to less stringent 
corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of NASDAQ permit a foreign private issuer 
to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of NASDAQ. We intend to follow home country 
practices  in  lieu  of  the  listing  requirements  of  NASDAQ  with  regard  to  voting  by  a  show  of  hands  and  quorum 
requirements. Otherwise, we intend to follow the requirements of NASDAQ to the extent possible under English law.

In addition, because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and executive officers are not subject to short-
swing profit liability and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, 
be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related 
SEC rules to the extent appropriate.

Item 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

Item 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See “Item 18. Financial Statements.”

Item 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PART III

The following financial statements are filed as part of this annual report, together with the report of the 

independent registered public accounting firm:

•  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

•  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

•  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

•  Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of June 30, 2019 and 2018

•  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

•  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 

•  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

90

Item 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number

Description

3.1 (1)

Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the company. 

4.1 (2)

Form of certificate evidencing Class A ordinary shares.

4.2 (3)

Registration Agreement, dated July 2, 2010, by and among the company and certain of its 
shareholders.

4.3 (4)

Indenture dated April 27, 2018 between the company and U.S. Bank National Association.

4.4

Description of share capital

10.1 (4)

Capped call confirmation.

10.1 (5)

Lease, dated October 25, 2017, by and between Atlassian Inc. and MV Campus Owner, LLC.

10.1 (6)

Lease, dated  November 22, 2017, by and between Atlassian Inc. and 350 Bush Street Owner, 
LLC.

10.1 (3) #

Form of Deed of Indemnity entered into between the company and its directors.

10.2 (3) #

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the company and its officers.

10.3 (3) #

Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.4 (3) #

2013 U.S. Share Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.5 (3) #

2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.6 (3) #

2015 Share Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.

10.7 (3) #

2015 Employee Share Purchase Plan.

10.8 (3) # Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.

10.9 (3) # Deed of Amendment to Class B Ordinary Shares Option Agreement.

10.10 (3) # Class B Ordinary Shares Exercise Agreement.

10.11 (3) #

Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan.

10.12 (3) #

Executive Severance Plan and form of Executive Severance Agreement entered into between 
the Registrant and its executive officers.

10.13 (3) # Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.

10.14 (3) #

Form of Director Agreement.

10.15 (3)

Lease, dated March 25, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and Council of the City of 
Sydney.

10.16 (3)

Lease, dated December 22, 2011, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.

10.17 (3)

Lease, dated July 9, 2015, by and between Atlassian Pty Ltd and 341 George St Pty Ltd.

10.18 (3)

Lease, dated June 26, 2011, by and between Atlassian, Inc. and Redbird Investment 
Group, LLC.

12.1

12.2

12.3

13.1

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) 
and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) 
and 15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a) as adopted pursuant to §302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to 
§906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

91

 
Exhibit
Number

13.2

13.3

21.1

23.1

Description

Certificate of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to 
§906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

____________________________

(1)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on December 8, 2016. 

(2) 

Incorporated by reference to the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1/A (File No. 333-207879) filed on November 18, 2015.

(3)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-207879) filed on November 9, 2015.

(4)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on April 30, 2018.

(5)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on October 30, 2017.

(6)  

Incorporated by reference to the company’s report on Form 6-K filed on November 27, 2017.

# 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

92

 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly 

caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. 

SIGNATURES

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

  /s/ MICHAEL CANNON-BROOKES
  Name:
  Title:

  Michael Cannon-Brookes

Co-Chief Executive Officer

  /s/ SCOTT FARQUHAR
  Name:
  Title:

Scott Farquhar
Co-Chief Executive Officer

Date: August 23, 2019

By:

By:

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

F-2

F-7

F-8

F-9

F-10

F-11

F-12

F-1

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Atlassian Corporation Plc (the 
Company) as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss,
changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, and the related notes 
(collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results 
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, in conformity with 
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States)  (PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  June  30,  2019,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated August 23, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion 
thereon. 

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for recognizing 
revenue due to the adoption of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and the amendments effective 
July 1, 2016 under the full retrospective method. See below for discussion of our related critical audit matter.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an 
opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with 
the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material 
misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to 
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures 
in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial 
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to 
accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging, 
subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters 
below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

F-2

Description of the Matter

How We Addressed the 
Matter in Our Audit

Revenue recognition
As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company 
adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, during 2019. The 
Company primarily derives revenues from subscription-based arrangements for cloud-
based services, as well as software license agreements that include bundled support 
and maintenance services for the term of the license period. The Company’s contracts 
with customers often contain multiple performance obligations, or promises to transfer 
multiple products and services to a customer, including both software products and 
services. To account for promised goods and services in accordance with IFRS 15, 
the Company allocates the transaction price to the distinct performance obligations on 
a relative standalone selling price basis and recognizes revenue when control of the 
distinct performance obligation is transferred. For example, the Company recognizes 
software license revenue at the time of delivery of the license and recognizes 
subscription and support revenue over time as the services are performed.

Auditing the Company’s recognition of revenue was challenging and complex due to 
the effort required to analyze the effect of IFRS 15 on the Company’s various product 
offerings as part of the Company’s implementation using the full retrospective method 
of adoption, as well as ongoing accounting. This involved assessing the terms and 
conditions of new or amended contracts with customers or new product or service 
offerings, and the determination of the relative standalone selling prices for each 
distinct performance obligation and the timing of recognition of revenue.

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of the Company's internal controls over the relevant terms of its 
contracts, the appropriate accounting for those terms under IFRS 15, including the 
identification of performance obligations, determination of the relative standalone 
selling price for each performance obligation, and the determination of the timing of 
recognition of revenue. This included testing relevant controls over the information 
systems that are important to the initiation, recording and billing of revenue 
transactions.

Among other procedures to evaluate management’s identification and determination 
of the distinct performance obligations, we read executed contracts for a sample of 
sales transactions to understand the contract, identified the promised goods and 
services in the contract and identified the distinct performance obligations. To test 
management’s determination of relative standalone selling price for each performance 
obligation, we performed audit procedures, among others, including assessing the 
appropriateness of the methodology applied, testing mathematical accuracy of the 
underlying data and calculations, and testing selections to corroborate the data 
underlying the Company’s calculations. We also evaluated whether the Company 
appropriately applied its revenue recognition policy to the arrangement to determine 
whether revenue was recognized in the correct amounts and periods. Finally, we 
assessed the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial 
statements.

F-3

Description of the Matter

Accounting for acquisitions
As described in Note 3 and Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company 
completed four acquisitions during 2019 for consideration of $423.9 million. The most 
significant of these were (1) the acquisition of all outstanding equity of OpsGenie Inc. for 
consideration  of  $259.5  million  and  (2)  the  acquisition  of  all  outstanding  equity  of 
AgileCraft, LLC for consideration of $155.7 million.

Auditing the Company's accounting for its acquisitions of OpsGenie and AgileCraft 
was complex due to the significant estimation required by management in determining 
the fair value of the technology-related intangible assets and customer relationship 
intangible assets of $70.2 million and $65.5 million, respectively (collectively, “the 
intangible assets”). The significant estimation was primarily due to the judgmental 
nature of the inputs to the valuation models used to measure the fair value of these 
intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to the 
underlying significant assumptions. The Company used the discounted cash flow 
method of the income approach to measure the fair value of these intangible assets. 
The significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets 
included revenue growth rates, technology migration curves, customer attrition rates 
and discount rates. These significant assumptions are forward-looking and could be 
affected by future economic and market conditions.

How We Addressed the 
Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of the controls over the Company’s accounting for acquisitions. For 
example, we tested controls over the valuation of intangible assets, including the 
valuation models and underlying assumptions used to develop such estimates.

For each of the Company's acquisitions, we read the purchase agreements, evaluated 
the significant assumptions and methods used in developing the fair value estimates, 
and tested the recognition of (1) the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
at fair value; (2) the identifiable intangible assets acquired at fair value; and (3) 
goodwill measured as a residual.

To test the estimated fair value of the intangible assets, we performed audit 
procedures that included, among others, evaluating the Company's use of the income 
approach (the multi-period excess earnings method and relief from royalty method) 
and testing the significant assumptions used in the model, as described above, 
including the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data. For example, we 
compared the significant assumptions to current industry, market and economic 
trends, to the assumptions used to value similar assets in other acquisitions, to the 
historical results of the acquired business and to other guideline companies within the 
same industry. We involved our valuation specialists to assist with our evaluation of 
the methodology used by the Company and significant assumptions included in the 
fair value estimates.

F-4

Description of the Matter

Realizability of the deferred tax assets
As described in Note 3 and Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, at June 30, 
2019, the Company has recognized gross deferred tax assets on deductible temporary 
differences of $17.1 million.  The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at 
each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that all or part 
of  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  be  utilized,  based  on  positive  and  negative  evidence, 
including that sufficient future taxable income will be available.

Management’s analysis of the realizability of its deferred tax assets (including the 
recognition, measurement, and disclosure of deferred tax assets) was significant to 
our audit because the amounts are material to the financial statements.  Auditing 
management’s assessment is complex and involves significant judgment as the 
Company’s ability to generate taxable income sufficient to utilize the asset may be 
impacted by various economic and industry conditions.

How We Addressed the 
Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of controls over management’s projections of future taxable income and 
the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences.

Among other audit procedures performed, we evaluated the positive and negative 
evidence in assessing whether the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be 
utilized, including evaluating the trends of both the historical financial results and the 
projected sources of taxable income on both a world-wide basis and on a 
geographical jurisdiction basis, as well as other qualitative factors. We tested the 
completeness and accuracy of the underlying data. We further evaluated the 
application of local jurisdiction tax law in the Company’s projections of future taxable 
income. We also tested the Company’s scheduling of the reversal of existing taxable 
temporary differences.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

San Francisco, California

August 23, 2019

F-5

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Atlassian Corporation Plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Atlassian 
Corporation Plc (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of June 30, 2019, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB), the 2019 consolidated financial statements, and our report dated August 23, 2019 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for 
its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying 
Management’s Report on internal controls over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered 
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting 
was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a 
material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on 
the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or 
procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

San Francisco, California

August 23, 2019

F-6

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(U.S. $ and shares in thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

Subscription
Maintenance
Perpetual license
Other

Total revenues
Cost of revenues (1) (2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1) (2)
Marketing and sales (1) (2)
General and administrative (1)

Total operating expenses
Operating loss

Other non-operating expense, net
Finance income
Finance costs

Loss before income tax (expense) benefit
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net loss
Net loss attributable to:
Owners of Atlassian Corporation Plc

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to compute net
loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic
Diluted

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

Notes

2019

2018

2017

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$

633,950 $
394,526
93,593
88,058
1,210,127
210,285
999,842

410,694 $
326,511
83,171
60,602
880,978
172,690
708,288

579,134
268,356
215,714
1,063,204
(63,362)
(535,453)
33,500
(40,241)
(605,556)
(32,065)

415,776
187,315
151,242
754,333
(46,045)
(15,157)
9,877
(6,806)
(58,131)
(55,301)

$ (637,621) $ (113,432) $

249,823
264,453
74,058
38,350
626,684
119,161
507,523

310,169
134,404
118,784
563,357
(55,834)
(1,342)
4,851
(75)
(52,400)
14,951
(37,449)

$ (637,621) $ (113,432) $

(37,449)

$
$

(2.67) $
(2.67) $

(0.49) $
(0.49) $

(0.17)
(0.17)

238,611
238,611

231,184
231,184

222,224
222,224

14

6

8

17
17

17
17

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

(1) 

Amounts include share-based payment expense, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales
General and administrative

$

17,450 $

149,049
39,303
51,960

11,955 $
98,609
23,605
28,704

6,856
79,384
17,395
33,813

(2) 

Amounts include amortization of acquired intangible assets, as follows:

Cost of revenues
Research and development
Marketing and sales

$

27,997 $
60
28,744

21,188 $
—
36,090

14,587
—
15,269

The above consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Net loss

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

Notes

2019

2018

2017

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$ (637,621) $ (113,432) $

(37,449)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent
periods:

Net change in unrealized gain on investments classified at
fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax effect

Other comprehensive income for items that will not be 
reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax

Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent
periods:

Foreign currency translation adjustment

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments classified
at fair value through other comprehensive income (loss)
Net gain (loss) on derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments
Income tax effect

Other comprehensive income (loss) after tax that will be
reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

5

5

5

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Total comprehensive loss, net of tax

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

Owners of Atlassian Corporation Plc

38,662

(8,813)

29,849

(35)

1,340

1,539

(553)

2,291

32,140

—

—

—

118

(586)

(8,341)

2,502

(6,307)

(6,307)

—

—

—

140

(945)

3,164

(812)

1,547

1,547

$ (605,481) $ (119,739) $

(35,902)

$ (605,481) $ (119,739) $

(35,902)

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

The above consolidated statements of comprehensive loss should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments

Trade receivables

Tax receivables

Derivative assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets:

Property and equipment, net

Deferred tax assets

Goodwill

Intangible assets, net

Derivative assets

Other non-current assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Derivative liabilities

Current portion of exchangeable senior notes, net

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities:

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Deferred revenue

Exchangeable senior notes, net

Derivative liabilities

Other non-current liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity

Share capital

Share premium

Other capital reserves

Other components of equity

Accumulated deficit

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

Notes

2019

2018

June 30,

*As Adjusted

13

5

9

5,15

13

10

8

11

11

5,15

13

13

13

14

5,15

15

8

13

14

15

5,15

13

16

16

16

16

$

1,268,441

$

445,046

82,525

707

215,156

30,236

1,410,339

323,134

46,141

12,622

60

29,735

2,042,111

1,822,031

81,459

17,084

608,907

150,975

77

76,645

935,147

2,977,258

$

159,487

$

11,703

8,983

440,954

855,005

853,576

2,329,708

13,872

6,082

27,866

—

74

34,189

82,083

2,411,791

$

24,199

$

458,166

816,660

32,079

(765,637)

565,467

2,977,258

$

$

51,656

59,220

311,943

63,577

99,935

13,466

599,797

2,421,828

107,892

172

7,215

324,394

5,213

—

444,886

12,160

4,363

18,477

819,637

202,757

12,228

1,069,622

1,514,508

23,531

454,766

557,100

(61)

(128,016)

907,320

2,421,828

$

$

$

$

$

$

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

The above consolidated statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-9

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Notes

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Other capital 
reserves

Other components of equity

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Investments at 
fair value 
through other 
comprehensive 
income reserve

Retained 
earnings 
(accumulated 
deficit)

Total equity

*As Adjusted

Balance as of June 30, 2016

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options
Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units (RSUs)
Share-based payment
Replacement equity awards related to business combination
Tax benefit from share plans

Balance as of June 30, 2017

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options
Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units (RSUs)
Share-based payment
Tax benefit from share plans
Reduction in deferred tax assets

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Total comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Issuance of ordinary shares upon exercise of share options
Vesting of early exercised shares
Issuance of ordinary shares for settlement of restricted share 
units (RSUs)
Share-based payment
Replacement equity awards related to business combination
Tax benefit from share plans

Balance as of June 30, 2019

16
16

16

7
12
8

16
16

16

7

8

16
16

16

7
12

$

$ 21,620
—
—
—
640
15

$ 441,734
—
—
—
8,858
367

—

—
—
—
9,225
450,959
—
—
—
3,761
46

—

—
—
—
3,807
454,766
—
—
—
3,392
8

451

—
—
—
1,106
22,726
—
—
—
243
37

525

—
—
—
805
23,531
—
—
—
150
51

467

244,335
—
—
—
—
—

(451)

137,458
20,193
35,811
193,011
437,346
—
—
—
—
—

(525)

162,873
140
(42,734)
119,754
557,100
—
—
—
—
—

$

— $
—
2,215
2,215
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
2,215
—
(5,839)
(5,839)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(3,624)
—
1,077
1,077
—
—

—

(467)

—

—
—
—
668
$ 24,199

—
—
—
3,400
$ 458,166

$

257,777
1,768
482
259,560
816,660

$

—
—
—
—
(2,547) $

4,149
—
140
140
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
4,289
—
118
118
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
4,407
—
(35)
(35)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
4,372

$

$

$

550
—
(808)
(808)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(258)
—
(586)
(586)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(844)
—
31,098
31,098
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
30,254

$

$

22,865
(37,449)
—
(37,449)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(14,584)
(113,432)
—
(113,432)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(128,016)
(637,621)
—
(637,621)
—
—

—

—
—
—
—
(765,637)

735,253
(37,449)
1,547
(35,902)
9,498
382

—

137,458
20,193
35,811
203,342
902,693
(113,432)
(6,307)
(119,739)
4,004
83

—

162,873
140
(42,734)
124,366
907,320
(637,621)
32,140
(605,481)
3,542
59

—

257,777
1,768
482
263,628
565,467

*As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details.

The above consolidated statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-10

ATLASSIAN CORPORATION PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Operating activities

Loss before income tax (expense) benefit

Adjustments to reconcile loss before income tax expense to net cash provided by
operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Gain on sale of investments and other assets

Net unrealized foreign currency (gain) loss

Share-based payment expense

Net unrealized loss on exchange derivative and capped call transactions

Amortization of debt discount and issuance cost

Interest income

Interest expense

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Trade and other payables, provisions and other non-current liabilities

Deferred revenue

Interest received

 Income tax refunds received (income tax paid), net

Net cash provided by operating activities

Investing activities

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

Purchases of intangible assets

Purchases of property and equipment

Proceeds from sales of property, equipment and intangible assets

Purchases of investments

Proceeds from maturities of investments

Proceeds from sales of investments

Increase in restricted cash

Payment of deferred consideration

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from exercise of share options

(Payment of issuance cost) proceeds from issuance of exchangeable senior notes, net of
discount and issuance costs

Purchase of capped calls

Interest paid

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

Notes

2019

2018

2017

*As
Adjusted

*As
Adjusted

$ (605,556) $

(58,131) $

(52,400)

10, 11

7

6

9

70,248

(2,357)

(770)

257,762

533,908

33,939

(33,500)

6,302

79,435

(1,163)

(188)

61,546

(397)

93

162,873

137,448

12,414

7,478

(9,877)

1,113

—

—

(4,851)

—

(30,211)

(19,635)

(10,208)

1,085

75,624

14

122,502

30,328

7,038

(8,449)

(6,438)

43,477

97,676

8,679

10,947

66,143

6,540

(4,246)

(9,042)

466,342

311,456

199,381

12

(418,595)

(2,110)

—

—

(381,090)

(925)

(44,192)

(30,209)

(15,129)

3,721

2,775

342

(648,036)

(347,822)

(423,540)

485,021

20,545

(552)

—

206,119

123,862

(3,131)

(3,290)

111,403

488,672

(3,371)

(935)

(604,198)

(51,696)

(224,573)

15

15

3,542

3,995

9,438

(410)

990,494

—

(87,700)

(6,319)

(3,187)

(855)

—

906,789

(630)

—

—

—

9,438

465

(141,898)

1,165,919

(15,289)

1,410,339

244,420

259,709

$ 1,268,441

$ 1,410,339

$

244,420

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

The above consolidated statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

F-11

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Corporate Information

Atlassian Corporation Plc (the “Company”) is a public company limited by shares, incorporated and registered 
in the United Kingdom. The registered office of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “Atlassian,” the “Group,” 
“our,” or “we”) is located at Exchange House, Primrose Street, London EC2A 2EG, c/o Herbert Smith Freehills LLP.

We  design,  develop,  license  and  maintain  software  and  provision  software  hosting  services  to  help  teams 
organize,  discuss  and  complete  their  work.  Our  primary  products  include  Jira  for  team  planning  and  project 
management, Confluence for team content creation and sharing, Trello for capturing and adding structure to fluid, fast-
forming work for teams, Bitbucket for team code sharing and management, Jira Service Desk for team service and 
support applications, Opsgenie for incident management and Jira Align for enterprise agile planning.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the year ended 
June 30, 2019 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on August 20, 2019.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which includes all standards issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (“IASB”) and related interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee. The consolidated financial 
statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for debt and equity financial assets and derivative 
financial instruments that have been measured at fair value.

All amounts included in the consolidated financial statements are reported in thousands of U.S. dollars (U.S. $ 
in thousands) except where otherwise stated. Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this document may not 
add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

Effective July 1, 2018, we adopted the requirements of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 
(“IFRS 15”) as discussed below. All amounts and disclosures set forth in this annual report on Form 20-F have been 
updated to comply with the new standard, including certain prior period amounts as indicated by “as adjusted” in the 
consolidated financial statements and related notes. 

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial positions and the results of operations of the 
Group. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. The financial statements of the 
subsidiaries  are  prepared  for  the  same  reporting  period  as  the  Company,  using  consistent  accounting  policies. 
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. 

Segment

The Group operates as a single cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and as a single operating segment, which is also 
its  reporting  segment. An  operating  segment  is  defined  as  a  component  of  an  entity  for  which  discrete  financial 
information is available and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker.  
The Group's chief operating decision makers are the Group's Co-Chief Executive Officers, who review operating results 
to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance based on consolidated financial information. 
Accordingly, the Group has determined it operates in one operating segment.

Foreign currency

The Group's consolidated financial statements are presented using the U.S. dollar, which is the Company's 
functional currency. Some of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries’ functional currency is the local currency. We translate 
the financial statements of these subsidiaries to U.S. dollars using month-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities, 
and average exchange rates for revenue, costs, and expenses.  Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional 

F-12

currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component on the consolidated statements 
of comprehensive income. 

Foreign currency transaction gains and losses from re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are 
denominated in currencies other than the respective functional currencies are included in other non-operating (expense) 
income, net in the consolidated statements of operations for the period.

Revenue recognition

Adoption of IFRS 15

IFRS 15, was issued in May 2014, and amended in April 2016, and establishes a five-step model to account 
for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects 
the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to customers. 
The new revenue standard supersedes all current revenue recognition requirements under IFRS. The Group adopted 
IFRS 15 as of July 1, 2018, using the full retrospective method. Accordingly, the results for the prior comparable periods 
were adjusted to conform to the current period measurement and recognition of results.

The most significant impact of the new standard relates to our accounting for the on-premises term-based 
licenses. Under IFRS 15, if performance obligations are not sold on a stand-alone basis, then standalone selling price 
(“SSP”) must be estimated. Our term-based licenses include the delivery of software and support services as well as 
unspecified future updates. Under the previous standard, revenue for these contracts was recognized ratably over the 
period of the contract. However, under the new standard, we estimate SSP for the software license separately from 
the support and update services. License revenue is then recognized upon delivery of the initial software at the outset 
of the arrangement, and support and updates is recognized ratably over the contract period. 

We have an online distribution model that allows us to efficiently reach customers globally without the need to 
invest in a traditional commissioned sales force. As such, the asset resulting from the costs to obtain and fulfill a 
contract is not material to our consolidated financial statements. 

We applied the new standard using the following implementation practical expedients:

•  For completed contracts that have variable consideration, we have elected to use the transaction price at the 
date  the  contract  was  completed  rather  than  estimating  variable  consideration  amounts  in  comparative 
reporting periods; 

•  For all reporting periods presented before the date of initial application, we have elected to not disclose the 
amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations and an explanation of when 
we expect to recognize that amount as revenue; 

•  We have elected to reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occurred before fiscal 2017 with respect 
to  identifying  the  satisfied  and  unsatisfied  performance  obligations,  determining  the  transaction  price  and 
allocating the transaction price to the satisfied and unsatisfied performance obligations; and

•  We have elected to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if 

the amortization period of the asset otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less.

F-13

Select consolidated statements of operations line items which reflect the adoption of IFRS 15 are as follows: 

Revenues:

   Subscription

   Maintenance

   Perpetual license

   Other

Total revenues

Total operating expenses

Income tax expense

Net loss

Basic loss per share

Diluted loss per share

Revenues:

   Subscription

   Maintenance

   Perpetual license

   Other

Total revenues

Total operating expenses

Income tax benefit

Net loss

Basic loss per share

Diluted loss per share

Year ended June 30, 2018

As Reported

IFRS 15 Adjustment

As Adjusted

(U.S. $ in thousands, except per share data)

403,214 $

7,480 $

325,898
85,481

59,357

873,950

755,008

(53,507)

(119,341) $
(0.52) $
(0.52) $

613

(2,310)

1,245

7,028

(675)

(1,794)

5,909 $

0.03 $

0.03 $

410,694

326,511

83,171

60,602

880,978

754,333

(55,301)

(113,432)

(0.49)

(0.49)

Year ended June 30, 2017

As Reported

IFRS 15 Adjustment

As Adjusted

(U.S. $ in thousands, except per share data)

242,128 $

7,695 $

265,521
74,565

37,722

619,936

563,861
17,148

(42,504) $
(0.19) $
(0.19) $

(1,068)

(507)

628

6,748

(504)

(2,197)

5,055 $

0.02 $

0.02 $

249,823

264,453

74,058

38,350

626,684

563,357

14,951

(37,449)

(0.17)

(0.17)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

F-14

Select condensed consolidated statements of financial position line items reflecting the adoption of IFRS 15 are as 
follows:

As of June 30, 2018

As Reported

IFRS 15 Adjustment

As Adjusted

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Current assets:

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets $

28,159 $

1,576 $

29,735

Non-current assets:

   Deferred tax assets

   Other non-current assets

Current liabilities:

   Deferred revenue

Non-current liabilities:

   Deferred tax liabilities

   Deferred revenue

Equity

   Accumulated deficit

64,662

12,286

(5,442)

1,180

59,220

13,466

340,834

(16,440)

324,394

12,051

19,386

109

(909)

12,160

18,477

(142,570)

14,554

(128,016)

As of June 30, 2017

As Reported

IFRS 15 Adjustment

As Adjusted

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Current assets:

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets $

23,317 $

822 $

24,139

Non-current assets:

   Deferred tax assets

   Other non-current assets

Current liabilities:

   Deferred revenue

Non-current liabilities:

   Deferred tax liabilities

   Deferred revenue

Equity

   Accumulated deficit

188,239
9,269

(3,341)

778

184,898

10,047

245,306

(10,541)

234,765

43,950

10,691

416

(261)

44,366

10,430

$

(23,229) $

8,645 $

(14,584)

Adoption of IFRS 15 revenue standard had no impact to cash provided by or used in operating, financing, 

or investing activities on our consolidated statements of cash flows. 

Policies, Estimates and Judgments

Under IFRS 15, revenues are generally recognized upon the transfer of control of promised products or services 
provided to our customers, reflecting the amount of consideration we expect to receive for those products or services. 
We enter into contracts that can include various combinations of products and services, which are generally capable 
of being distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. Revenue is recognized net of allowances for 
returns and any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities. The 
revenue recognition policy is consistent for sales generated directly with customers and sales generated indirectly 
through solution partners and resellers. 

Revenues are recognized upon the application of the following steps: 

1. 
2. 

Identification of the contract or contracts with a customer; 
Identification of the performance obligations in the contract; 

F-15

 
3. 
4. 
5. 

Determination of the transaction price; 
Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and 
Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing our customers. We record a contract 
asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing. Contract assets are netted against any related contract liabilities 
in the consolidated statements of financial position. Our revenue arrangements include standard warranty provisions 
that our arrangements will perform and operate in all material respects, the financial impacts which have historically 
been and are expected to continue to be insignificant. Our contracts do not include a significant financing component. 

Our contracts with customers often include promises to transfer multiple products and services to a customer. 
Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted 
for separately versus together may require judgment.

We allocate the transaction price for each contract to each performance obligation based on the relative SSP 
for each performance obligation. We use judgment in determining the SSP for products and services. We typically 
determine an SSP range for our products and services which is reassessed on a periodic basis or when facts and 
circumstances change. For all performance obligations other than perpetual and term licenses, we are able to determine 
SSP based on the observable prices of products or services sold separately in comparable circumstances to similar 
customers. In instances where performance obligations do not have observable standalone sales, we utilize available 
information  that  may  include  market  conditions,  pricing  strategies,  the  economic  life  of  the  software,  and  other 
observable inputs to estimate the price we would charge if the products and services were sold separately.

Our products are generally sold with a right of return, we may provide other credits or incentives, and in certain 
instances  we  estimate  customer  usage  of  our  services,  which  are  accounted  for  as  variable  consideration  when 
determining the amount of revenue to recognize. Returns and credits are estimated at contract inception and updated 
at the end of each reporting period if additional information becomes available. Variable consideration was not material 
for the periods presented. 

Recognition of revenue

Revenue recognized from contracts with customers is disaggregated into categories that depict how the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. We report our revenues 
in four categories: (i) subscription, (ii) maintenance, (iii) perpetual license, and (iv) other. In addition, we present revenue 
by geographic region in Note 14.

Subscription revenues

Subscription revenues consist primarily of fees earned from subscription-based arrangements for providing 
customers the right to use our software in a cloud-based-infrastructure that we provide. We also sell on-premises term 
license agreements for our Data Center products, which are software licensed for a specified period, and includes 
support  and  maintenance  service  that  is  bundled  with  the  license  for  the  term  of  the  license  period.  Subscription 
revenues are driven primarily by the number and size of active licenses, the type of product and the price of the licenses. 
Our subscription-based arrangements generally have a contractual term of one to twelve months, with a majority being 
one  month.  For  cloud-based  services,  subscription  revenue  is  recognized  ratably  as  services  are  performed, 
commencing  with  the  date  the  service  is  made  available  to  customers.  For  on-premises  term-based  licenses,  we 
recognize revenue upfront for the portion that relates to the delivery of the term license and the support and related 
revenue is recognized ratably as the services are delivered over the term of the arrangement.

Maintenance revenues

Maintenance revenues represent fees earned from providing customers unspecified future updates, upgrades 
and enhancements and technical product support for perpetual license products on an if and when available basis. 
Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the support period.

F-16

 
Perpetual license revenues

Perpetual license revenues represent fees earned from the license of software to customers for use on the 
customer’s premises other than Data Center products. Software is licensed on a perpetual basis. Perpetual license 
revenues consist of the revenues recognized from sales of licenses to new customers and additional licenses to existing 
customers. We recognize revenue on the license portion of perpetual license arrangements on the date of license 
delivery in substantially all situations. 

Other revenues

Other revenues include fees received for sales of third-party apps in the Atlassian Marketplace, technical account 
management, and training services. Revenue from the sale of third-party apps via Atlassian Marketplace is recognized 
at the date of product delivery given that all of our obligations have been met at that time and net of the vendor liability 
portion, as we function as the agent in the relationship. Revenue from technical account management is recognized 
over the time period that the customer has access to the service. Revenue from training is recognized as delivered or 
as the rights to receive training expire. 

Cash and cash equivalents

The Group considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less 
and subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include amounts 
due from third-party credit card processors as they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature and are typically 
converted to cash within three days of the sales transaction.

Current versus non-current classification

The Group presents assets and liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial position based on 

current or non-current classification. An asset is current when it is: expected to be realized within twelve months 
after the reporting period; or cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a 
liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current. A liability 
is current when it is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period. The Group classifies all other 
liabilities as non-current. 

Financial Instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or 

equity instrument of another entity.

Our financial assets include trade receivables and contract assets, debt and equity investments and derivative 
financial instruments. We generally classify financial assets into the following categories: subsequently measured at 
amortized cost, at fair value through other comprehensive income, and at fair value through profit or loss depending 
on the contractual cash flows of and our business model for holding the respective asset. Financial assets that are 
measured at fair value on a recurring basis include debt and equity investments and derivative financial instruments. 
Trade receivables and contract assets are measured at amortized cost. Purchases or sales of financial assets that 
require delivery of assets within a time frame established by regulation or convention in the market place (regular way 
trades) are recognized on the trade date.

Our financial liabilities include trade and other payables, exchangeable senior notes and derivative financial 
instruments. We generally classify financial liabilities as subsequently measured at amortized cost and at fair value 
through profit or loss. Financial liabilities that are measured at fair value are the derivative financial instruments. Trade 
and other payables are measured at amortized cost and exchangeable senior notes are measured at amortized cost 
using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

Debt investments

The  Group’s  marketable  debt  investments  were  classified  as  instruments  at  fair  value  through  other 
comprehensive  income.  Fair  value  changes  of  marketable  debt  investments  that  have  been  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income are recycled to profit or loss upon sale of the financial asset. 

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
Equity investments

We invest in equity securities of public and private companies, in which the Company does not have a controlling 
interest or significant influence, to promote business and strategic objectives. The Group has irrevocably designated 
the equity investments as instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income. Changes in fair value of 
these equity investments are recognized in other comprehensive income and never reclassified to profit or loss, even 
if the asset is impaired, sold or otherwise derecognized.

Marketable  equity  securities are  measured  at  fair  value  using  readily  determinable  market  value.  Non-
marketable equity securities are measured at fair value using market data, such as publicly available financing round 
valuations. Judgment is required particularly in estimating the fair values of non-marketable equity securities.

Exchangeable senior notes (“the Notes”)

The Notes are classified as financial liabilities at amortized cost and measured using the EIR method. Amortized 
cost is calculated by taking into account any discount and issuance cost that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR 
amortization is included as finance costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into foreign exchange forward contracts with the objective to mitigate certain currency risks 
associated with cost of revenues and operating expenses denominated in foreign currencies. These foreign exchange 
forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. We also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge 
a portion of certain foreign currency denominated as monetary assets and liabilities to reduce the risk that such foreign 
currency will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. Hedging derivative instruments are recognized as 
either assets or liabilities and are measured at fair value. 

For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gains (losses) on the 
derivatives is initially reported as a component of other comprehensive income and is subsequently recognized in 
earnings when the hedged exposure is recognized in earnings. For options designated as cash flow hedges, changes 
in the time value are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and are recognized in earnings. Gains 
(losses) on derivatives representing either hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness or hedge 
ineffectiveness are recognized in earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges, gains (losses) 
from changes in fair values are primarily recognized in other income (expense), net.

The Group has other derivatives such as embedded exchange feature of the Notes and capped call transactions 
(“Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives”). Please see Note 15 for details. The Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives 
are measured at fair value at each reporting date and gains (losses) from changes in fair values are recognized in 
other non-operating income (expense), net. The Group used Black-Scholes option pricing models to fair value the 
Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives. Certain inputs used in the model such as stock price volatility requires judgment. 

Impairment of financial assets

The Group measures loss allowances on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income at 
an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (“ECLs”), except for securities that are determined to have low 
credit risk at the reporting date and other securities and bank balances for which credit risk has not increased significantly 
since initial recognition, which are measured as 12-month ECLs. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of the 
difference in the present value of contractual cash flows and the present value of cash flows that the Group expects 
to receive. Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial 
instrument. 12-month ECLs are the portion of ECLs that result from default events that are possible within the 12 
months following the reporting date. 

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. The 
Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each 
reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, 
adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

Derecognition

Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired 
or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Fair value 

F-18

 
 
 
 
changes on debt investment and derivatives designated as hedging instruments, which have been recognized in other 
comprehensive income, are recycled to profit or loss upon sale of the financial asset.

Financial liabilities are derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. 
When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the 
terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition 
of  the  original  liability  and  the  recognition  of  a  new  liability.  The  difference  in  the  respective  carrying  amounts  is 
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

Fair value measurement

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement 
or for disclosure purposes. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability 
in  an orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.  When  determining  fair value,  we 
consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact, as well as assumptions that market 
participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. 

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are:

• 
• 

• 

Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
Level  2  -  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement is directly or indirectly observable
Level  3  -  Valuation  techniques  for  which  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement is unobservable 

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is included in Level 1.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined using valuation 
techniques. These valuation techniques maximize the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as 
little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs required to measure the fair value an instrument 
are observable, the instrument is included in Level 2.

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in 

Level 3. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that 
is significant to the fair value measurement. The Group's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the 
fair value measurement in its entirety requires management to make judgments and considers factors specific to the 
asset or liability. 

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using 
the straight-line method to allocate the cost over the estimated useful lives or, in the case of leasehold improvements 
and certain leased equipment, the remaining lease term if shorter. The estimated useful lives for each asset class are 
as follows:

Equipment

Computer hardware and computer-related software

Furniture and fittings

Leasehold improvements

Business combinations

3 - 5 years

3 - 5 years

5 - 10 years

Shorter of the remaining lease term or 7 years

We include the results of operations of the businesses that we acquire as of the acquisition date. We record 
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price 
over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses are 
recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as incurred.

F-19

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred over the identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of the Group's fiscal year 
and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by 
assessing the recoverable amount of the CGU. When the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying 
amount, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses relating to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.

Intangible assets

We acquired intangible assets separately or in connection with business combinations. Intangible assets are 
measured at cost initially. All of our intangible assets are with finite lives and are amortized over their estimated useful 
life using the straight-line method. The amortization expense on intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated 
statements of operations in the expense category, consistent with the function of the intangible asset.

The estimated useful lives for each intangible asset class are as follows:

Patents, trademarks and other rights

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

2 - 12 years

2 - 10 years

2 - 10 years

Intangible assets with finite lives are assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible 
asset may be impaired. When the recoverable amount of an intangible  asset is less than its carrying  amount, an 
impairment loss is recognized.

Long-lived assets

The carrying value and useful lives of long-lived assets are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and 
adjusted if appropriate. An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's 
carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to sell, recent market 
transactions are taken into account, if available. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation 
model is used.

Share-based payments

Share-based payments cover equity-settled awards including stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) 
issued to our employees in exchange of their service. The cost of the equity-settled awards is determined by the fair 
value at the grant date. The fair value of RSUs is equal to the market value of our common stock on the grant date. 
The Group estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This option-pricing 
model requires the input of assumptions, including the awards’ expected life and the price volatility of the underlying 
stock.

  We recognize equity-settled awards cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the awards’ requisite service period 
on a graded-vesting basis. No compensation cost is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest because service 
conditions have not been met and we estimate forfeiture based on historical experience. The respective expenses are 
recognized as employee benefits and classified in our consolidated statements of operations according to the activities 
that the employees perform. 

Leases

The  determination  of  whether  an  arrangement  is  or  contains  a  lease  is  based  on  the  substance  of  the 
arrangement at the inception date, whether fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset 
or  assets  or  the  arrangement  conveys  a  right  to  use  the  asset,  even  if  that  right  is  not  explicitly  specified  in  an 
arrangement. The Group categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or finance leases. Expenses incurred 
in operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease. 

F-20

 
 
Research and development 

Research and development expense includes the employee and hardware costs incurred for the development 
of new products, enhancements and updates of existing products and quality assurance activities. These costs incurred 
for  the  development  of  computer  software  are  expensed  until  the  point  that  technological  feasibility  has  been 
established, which for our products, is typically reached shortly before the release of such products and as a result, 
the Group has not capitalized any research and development costs.

Taxation

Current tax

Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise amounts expected to be recovered or paid to Her Majesty's 
Revenue &  Customs,  the Australian  Taxation  Office,  the  United  States  Internal  Revenue  Service  and  other  fiscal 
authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, which are unpaid at each reporting date. Current tax is 
payable on taxable income that differs from the consolidated statements of operations in the financial statements due 
to permanent and temporary timing differences. The calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

The Group uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities 
represent temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial 
statements and their corresponding tax basis used in the computation of taxable income. Deferred tax however is not 
recognized on the initial recognition of goodwill, or the initial recognition of an asset or liability (other than in a business 
combination) in a transaction that affects neither tax nor accounting income.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments  in 
subsidiaries and associates, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary differences and 
it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
provided for in full.

Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that they are expected to reverse in the foreseeable future 
and it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on the Group's forecast of 
future operating results. Deferred tax assets are adjusted for significant non-taxable income, expenses and specific 
limits on the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each 
reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable income will allow the 
deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates and in accordance with laws 
that are expected to apply to their respective period of realization, provided the tax rates and laws are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets are reviewed at 
each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable income will be available 
to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis. Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are 
recognized as a component of tax expense (benefit) in the consolidated statements of operations, except where they 
relate  to items that are recognized  in  other comprehensive  income or directly  in  equity,  in which  case the related 
deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively. Where deferred tax arises from 
the initial accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is included in the accounting for the business combination.

New accounting standards not yet adopted

In January 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16, Leases (“IFRS 16”), which supersedes the existing leases standard, 
IAS 17, Leases, and related interpretations. The standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires 
a lessee to recognize leases on its statement of financial position represented by right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. 
The standard also contains enhanced disclosure requirements for lessees and is effective for the Group beginning on 
July  1,  2019.  We  will  adopt  the  IFRS  16  standard  using  the  modified  retrospective  approach  and  will  not  restate 
comparative periods. We will elect the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which 
allows us to exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset for any leases that exist prior 
to adoption of the new standard and adjust the right-of-use asset for any recognized onerous lease provisions. We 
F-21

 
will also elect to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated 
lease payments in the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Based on 
our portfolio of leases as of June 30, 2019, approximately $286 million of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities will 
be recognized on our balance sheet upon adoption, primarily relating to real estate.

3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

The  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgments,  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  in  the  financial  statements.  Management  continually  evaluates  its 
judgments and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenues and expenses. Management 
bases its judgments and estimates on historical experience and on other various factors it believes to be reasonable 
under the circumstances, the result of which forms the basis of the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not 
readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and 
conditions and may materially affect the financial results or the financial position reported in future periods.

Management has identified the following critical accounting policies for which significant judgments, estimates 

and assumptions are made.

Significant accounting estimates and assumptions

Business combinations

We use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately assign fair value to the intangible assets acquired 
at the acquisition date. The estimation is primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models 
used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to the 
underlying  significant  assumptions.  Our  estimates  are  inherently  uncertain  and  subject  to  refinement.  We  use  a 
discounted cash flow method of the income approach to measure the fair value of these intangible assets. The significant 
assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the intangible assets include revenue growth rates, technology migration 
curves, customer attrition rates and discount rates. These assumptions are forward-looking and could be affected by 
future economic and market conditions.

During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the date of acquisition, the Group may 
record adjustments to the fair value of these tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the 
corresponding offset to goodwill. In addition, uncertain tax positions are initially established in connection with a business 
combination as of the acquisition date. The Group continues to collect information and reevaluates these estimates 
and assumptions as deemed reasonable by management. The Group records any adjustments to these estimates and 
assumptions  against  goodwill  provided  they  arise  within  the  measurement  period.  Upon  the  conclusion  of  the 
measurement period or final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes 
first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations. For details of business 
combinations, please refer to Note 12.

Significant accounting judgments

Taxation

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences for which management considers it is 
probable that future taxable income will be available to utilize those temporary differences. Significant management 
judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely 
timing and the level of future taxable income, together with future tax-planning strategies.

Management judgment is required to determine the extent to which deferred tax assets should be recognized 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable income available to utilize the Group’s deferred tax benefits. 
Assumptions about the generation of future taxable income depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows, 
future business expectations, capital expenditure, dividends, and other capital management transactions.

Management judgment is also required in relation to the application of income tax legislation, which involves 
an element of inherent risk and uncertainty. Where management judgment is found to be misplaced, some or all of 
recognized deferred tax asset and liability carrying amounts may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit 
or charge to the consolidated statements of operations. 

For details of taxation, please refer to Note 8.

F-22

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses impairment of all assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the 

Group and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. 

  These  include  product  performance,  technology,  economic  and  political  environments,  and  future  product 
expectations.  If  an  impairment  trigger  exists,  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset  is  determined.  No  indicators  of 
impairment existed that were significant enough to warrant such assets to be tested for impairment in the fiscal years 
ended 2019, 2018 and 2017. For details of non-financial assets, please refer to Note 10 and 11.

Impairment of financial instruments

The Group assesses the credit risk for financial instruments and establishes a loss allowance for impairment 
that represents its estimate of incurred losses in respect of financial instruments. For details of financial instruments, 
please refer to Note 5.

4. Group Information

As of June 30, 2019, the Group’s subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned, were as follows:

Country of Incorporation
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom, United States of America
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
United States of America
Australia
United States of America
Turkey
United States of America
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Japan
Germany
Netherlands
Philippines
France
Netherlands
Canada
India

Name
Atlassian (UK) Limited
Atlassian (UK) Holdings Limited
Atlassian (Australia) Limited
Atlassian (Global) Limited (1)
Atlassian (UK) Operations Limited
Atlassian, Inc. 
Atlassian Network Services, Inc. 
Dogwood Labs, Inc.
Trello, Inc.
AgileCraft LLC
AgileCraft Australia Pty Ltd
OpsGenie, Inc.

iFountain, LLC
Atlassian Australia 1 Pty Ltd
Atlassian Australia 2 Pty Ltd
Atlassian Corporation Pty. Ltd. 
Atlassian Pty Ltd
Good Software Co. Pty. Ltd.
Atlassian Capital Pty. Ltd. 
MITT Australia Pty Ltd
MITT Trust
Atlassian K.K. 
Atlassian Germany GmbH
Atlassian Holdings B.V.
Atlassian Philippines, Inc. 
Atlassian France SAS
Atlassian B.V.
Atlassian Canada Inc.
Atlassian India LLP

(1) Atlassian (Global) Limited is currently in liquidation. 

F-23

5. Financial Assets and Liabilities

Financial Risk Management

The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk, equity price 
risk, and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management approach focuses on 
the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the financial performance 
of the Group.

Management regularly reviews the Group's risk management objectives to ensure that risks are identified and 
managed appropriately. The board of directors is made aware of and reviews management's risk assessments prior 
to entering into significant transactions.

Market risk

Currency risk

The Group operates globally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from exposure to various currencies 
in the ordinary course of business. Our exposures primarily consist of the Australian dollar, British pound, Euro, Japanese 
yen, Philippine peso, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions 
and recognized financial assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. The Group’s foreign 
exchange policy is reviewed annually by the Group’s audit committee and requires the Group to monitor its foreign 
exchange exposure on a regular basis.

The substantial majority of our sales contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, and our operating expenses 
are generally denominated in the local currencies of the countries where our operations are located. We therefore 
benefit from a strengthening of the U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by the weakening of the U.S. dollar. 

We have a hedging program in place and enter into derivative transactions to manage certain foreign currency 
exchange risks that arise in the Group’s ordinary business operations. We enter into master netting agreements with 
financial institutions to execute our hedging program. We recognize all hedging derivative instruments as either assets 
or liabilities on our consolidated statements of financial position and measure them at fair value. We have the rights 
to net certain hedging derivative assets and liabilities, but we currently present them on the gross basis. Gains and 
losses resulting from changes in fair value are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it is 
designated and qualifies for hedge accounting.

Our master netting agreements are with selected financial institutions to reduce our credit risk and contract with 
several counterparties to reduce our concentration risk with any single counterparty. We do not have significant exposure 
to counterparty credit risk at this time. We do not require nor are we required to post collateral of any kind related to 
our foreign currency derivatives.

Cash flow hedging

We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts with the objective to mitigate certain currency risks associated 
with cost of revenues and operating expenses denominated in Australian dollars. These foreign exchange forward 
contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

To receive hedge accounting treatment, all hedging relationships are formally documented at the inception of 
the hedge, and the hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to future cash flows on hedged transactions. 
We  include  the  forward  element  of  these  hedging  instruments  in  the  hedge  relationship  and  on  a  quarterly  basis 
qualitatively assess whether the hedges are expected to provide offsetting changes against the hedged items. The 
effect of the cash flow hedges determined to be effective is recognized in other comprehensive income and impact 
profit or loss in the same period or periods as the hedged items are recognized in profit or loss. Amounts reclassified 
from cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss are recorded to the same functional expense as hedged item or items. 
Gains or losses related to the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized immediately in the same 
functional expense as the hedged item or items. We measure ineffectiveness in a cash flow hedge relationship using 
the hypothetical derivative method. Ineffectiveness occurs only if the present value of the cumulative gain or loss on 
the derivative instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative gain or loss on the hypothetical derivative, which 
is used to measure changes of expected future cash flow.

It is our policy to enter into cash flow hedges to hedge cost of revenues and operating expenses up to 24

months.

F-24

Balance sheet hedging

We also enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge a portion of certain foreign currency denominated 
monetary assets and liabilities to reduce the risk that such foreign currency assets or liabilities will be adversely affected 
by changes in exchange rates. These contracts hedge monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in non-
functional currencies and are carried at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded to other non-operating income 
(expense), net on our consolidated statements of operations. These contracts do not subject us to material balance 
sheet risk due to exchange rate movements because gains and losses on these derivatives are intended to offset 
gains and losses on the monetary assets and liabilities being hedged.

Foreign currency exchange rate exposure

The Group hedged material foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities using balance sheet 
hedges. The fluctuations in the fair market value of balance sheet hedges due to foreign currency rates generally offset 
those of the hedged items, resulting in no material effect on profit. Consequently, we are primarily exposed to significant 
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations with regard to the spot component of derivatives held within a designated 
cash flow hedge relationship affecting other comprehensive income

Foreign currency sensitivity

A sensitivity analysis performed on our hedging portfolio as of June 30, 2019 indicated that a hypothetical 10% 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies applicable to our business would decrease the fair value of 
our foreign currency contracts by $22.5 million. A hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies 
would increase the fair value of our foreign currency contracts by $22.5 million. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on our hedging portfolio as of June 30, 2018 indicated that a hypothetical 10% 
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies applicable to our business would decrease the fair value of 
our foreign currency contracts by $18.8 million. A hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar against other currencies 
would increase the fair value of our foreign currency contracts by $18.8 million. 

Equity Price Risk

The Group is exposed to equity price risk in connection with our Notes, including exchange and settlement 
provisions based on the price of our Class A ordinary shares at exchange or maturity of the Notes. In addition, the 
capped call transactions associated with the Notes also include settlement provisions that are based on the price of 
our Class A ordinary shares. The amount of cash we may receive from capped call counterparties in connection with 
the capped calls is determined by the price of our Class A ordinary shares. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on the Notes embedded exchange derivative and capped call transactions 
indicates that a hypothetical 10% increase in our share price would increase the fair value of the Notes embedded 
exchange derivative by $138.6 million and increase the fair value of the capped call transactions by $16.2 million. A 
hypothetical 10% decrease in our share price would decrease the fair value of the Notes embedded exchange derivative 
by $134.6 million and decrease the fair value of the capped call transactions by $18.2 million.  

The Group is also exposed to equity price risk in connection with our equity investments. The Group’s marketable 
and non-marketable equity investments are susceptible to market price risk from uncertainties about future values of 
the investment securities. As of June 30, 2019, the Group’s marketable equity investments are fair valued at $58.9 
million. A hypothetical 10% increase in the respective share prices of our equity investments would increase the fair 
value of our marketable equity investments by $5.9 million.

Interest rate risk

Our cash equivalents and investment portfolio are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed 
rate securities may have their market value adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates. As of June 30, 2019, 
the Group had cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.3 billion and short-term investments totaling $445.0 million. 

A sensitivity analysis performed on our portfolio indicated that a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest 
rates at June 30, 2019 and 2018 would result in a $2.3 million and $1.7 million decrease in the market value of our 
investments, respectively. This estimate is based on a sensitivity model that measures market value changes when 
changes in interest rates occur.

F-25

 
Credit risk

The Group is exposed to credit risk arising from cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks and financial 
institutions, investments, foreign exchange derivative contracts, and capped call transactions related to our issuance 
of the Notes, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis.

The Group has a minimum credit rating requirement for banks and financial institutions with which it transacts. 
The Group’s investments are governed by a corporate investment policy with a minimum credit ratings and concentration 
limits for all securities.

The Group is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to our foreign exchange 
derivative contracts and our capped call transactions at maturity. To reduce the credit risk, we continuously monitor 
credit quality of our counterparties to such derivatives. We believe the risk of non-performance under these contracts 
is remote.

The Group's customer base is highly diversified, thereby limiting credit risk. Our credit policy typically requires 
payment within 30-45 days, and we establish credit limits for each customer based on our internal guidelines. The 
Group does not hold collateral as security or call on other credit enhancements. The Group manages its credit risk 
with  customers  by  closely  monitoring  its  receivables  and  contract  assets.  We  continuously  monitor  outstanding 
receivables locally to assess whether there is objective evidence that our trade receivables and contract assets are 
credit-impaired. An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure ECLs. 
The provision rates are based on days past due. Please refer to Note 9 for the details of receivables, credit concentration, 
and ECL allowance.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  group  will  encounter  difficulty  in  meeting  its  obligations  associated  with  its 
financial liabilities as they fall due. The Group’s primary source of cash is cash generated from business operations.

The table below present the contractual undiscounted cash flows relating to the Group’s financial liabilities at 
the balance sheet date. The cash flows are grouped based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date. 
The Group has sufficient funds, including its cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments and expected cash 
flows from operations, to meet these commitments as they become due. The Group may enter into financial transactions 
to secure additional funding to supplement existing cash flows or to maintain financial flexibility.

F-26

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities are as follows:

As of June 30, 2019
Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Derivative liabilities

Exchangeable senior notes (1)

As of June 30, 2018
Financial liabilities:

Trade and other payables

Derivative liabilities

Exchangeable senior notes

Up to 12 Months

Greater than 12
Months

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

159,487 $
3,879

1,604,923

— $

159,487

74

—

3,953

1,604,923

$

1,768,289 $

74 $

1,768,363

$

$

107,892 $
5,213

— $

107,892

204

5,417

—

1,000,000

1,000,000

113,105 $

1,000,204 $

1,113,309

(1) The amount related to Notes represent the if-exchanged value using stock price as of June 30, 2019. Refer to Note 15 for further 
detail on the Notes. 

Capital risk management

For the purpose of the Group’s capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all 
other capital reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group's capital 
structure management is to ensure that it maintains an appropriate capital structure to support its business and maximize 
shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it based on business needs and economic 
conditions. No material changes were made to the process of managing capital during the fiscal years ended June 30, 
2019. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Group issued $1.0 billion of exchangeable debt for working 
capital  and  other  corporate  purposes,  including  acquiring  complementary  businesses,  products,  services  or 
technologies. 

To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, or 
consider external financing alternatives. The Group does not have any present or future plan to pay dividends on its 
shares.

Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2019, by level within the 

fair value hierarchy:

F-27

Assets measured at fair value

Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Short-term Investments:
U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Current derivative assets:

Derivative assets - hedging

Derivative assets - capped call transactions

Non-current derivative assets:
Derivative assets - hedging

Other non-current assets:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

593,696 $

— $

— $

593,696

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,996

8,084

9,844

67,327

7,560

101,759

26,966

20,466

94,035

201,820

559

—

77

3,660

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

6,996

8,084

9,844

67,327

7,560

101,759

26,966

20,466

94,035

201,820

559

214,597

214,597

—

—

—

3,000

77

3,660

58,932

3,000

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

—
58,932

—

Total assets measured at fair value

$

652,628 $

549,153 $

217,597 $ 1,419,378

Liabilities measured at fair value

Current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities - hedging

Derivative liabilities - exchangeable feature of 
Notes

Non-current derivative liabilities:
Derivative liabilities - hedging

Total liabilities measured at fair value

Liabilities for which fair value is disclosed
     Exchangeable senior notes

$

$

$

— $

3,879 $

— $

3,879

—

—

—

74

851,126

851,126

—

74

— $

3,953 $

851,126 $

855,079

— $ 1,697,200 $

— $ 1,697,200

F-28

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2018, by the level 

within the fair value hierarchy:

Assets measured at fair value

Cash and cash equivalents:

Money market funds

Commercial paper
  Agency securities
  Corporate debt securities

  U.S. treasury securities

Short-term Investments

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper
Corporate debt securities
Current derivative assets:

Derivative assets- hedging
Non-current derivative assets:
Derivative assets- hedging

Derivative assets- capped call transactions

Other non-current assets:

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

693,596 $

— $

— $

693,596

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—

29,118
7,989
1,000

18,968

52,700

22,015

55,164

35,372
157,883

60

3

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

29,118
7,989
1,000

18,968

52,700

22,015

55,164

35,372
157,883

60

3

99,932

99,932

3,660

—

3,660

Total assets measured at fair value

$

693,596 $

383,932 $

99,932 $

1,177,460

Liabilities measured at fair value

Current derivative liabilities:

Derivative liabilities- hedging

Non-current derivative liabilities:
Derivative liabilities- hedging

Derivative liabilities- embedded exchange
feature of the exchangeable senior notes

Total liabilities measured at fair value

Liabilities for which fair value is disclosed
     Exchangeable senior notes

$

$

$

— $

5,213 $

— $

5,213

—

—

204

—

— $

5,417 $

202,553 $

202,553

202,553

207,970

—

204

— $

1,033,030 $

— $

1,033,030

Due to the short-term nature of trade receivables, contract assets and trade and other payables, their carrying 

amount is assumed to approximate their fair value. 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) 

Embedded exchange feature of the exchangeable senior notes and capped call transactions

In April 2018, the Group issued $1 billion in Notes and entered into related capped call transactions. Please 
refer to Note 12 for details. The Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives are measured at fair value using Black-Scholes 
option pricing models that utilize both observable and unobservable market inputs. 

F-29

Exchange and Capped Call Derivatives are classified as level 3 as the Group uses stock price volatility implied 
from options traded with a substantially shorter term, which makes this an unobservable input that is significant to the 
valuation. In general, an increase in our stock price volatility would increase the fair value of the derivatives and would 
result in a net loss. Other significant inputs to the valuation includes our stock price and time to expiration of the options, 
which are observable. An increase in our stock price would increase the fair value of the derivatives and would result 
in a net loss. As time to expiration of the options decreases with passage of time, the fair value of the derivatives would 
decrease. The future impact on other non-operating income (expense), net depends on how significant inputs such 
as stock price, stock price volatility and time to expiration of the options change in relation to other inputs. 

The stock price volatility as of June 30, 2019, ranged from 43.8% to 47.3%. As of June 30, 2019, a 10% higher 
volatility, holding other inputs constant would result in approximately $46.9 million of additional loss for the fiscal year 
ended June 30, 2019. The stock price volatility as of June 30, 2018, ranged from 32.7% to 36.3%. As of June 30, 2018, 
a 10% higher volatility, holding other inputs constant would result in approximately $23.5 million of additional loss for 
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

Non-marketable investments

Non-marketable  equity  securities  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  market  data,  such  as  publicly  available 
financing round valuations. Financial information of private companies may not be available and consequently we will 
estimate the fair value based on the best available information at the measurement date.

The following table presents the reconciliations of Level 3 financial instrument fair values:

Capped Call

Embedded 
exchange feature 
of Notes

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Non-marketable
investments

Balance as of June 30, 2017

$

— $

— $

Purchases

Gains (losses)

Recognized in other non-operating (expense) income,
net

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and
liabilities held as of June 30, 2018

Recognized in other non-operating income (expense),
net

87,700

(177,907)

12,232

99,932

(24,646)

(202,553)

12,232

(24,646)

Balance as of June 30, 2018

$

99,932 $

(202,553) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

Purchases

Transfer out

Gains (losses)

Recognized in finance income 
Recognized in other non-operating (expense) income,
net
Recognized in other comprehensive income

—

—

—

—

—

—

114,665

—

(648,573)

—

23,000

(20,942)

270

—

672

Balance as of June 30, 2019

$

214,597 $

(851,126) $

3,000

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and
liabilities held as of June 30, 2019

Recognized in other non-operating income (expense),
net

114,665

(648,573)

—

There were transfers out from Level 3 due to initial public offerings of the respective investees during fiscal 

year 2019. There were no transfers between levels during fiscal year 2018.  

F-30

 
 
 
Investments

As of June 30, 2019, the Group’s investments consisted of the following:

Debt Investments
Marketable debt securities

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Total debt investments

Equity Investments
Marketable equity securities

Non-marketable equity securities

Total equity investments

Total investments

Amortized
Cost

Unrealized
Gains

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 101,563 $

203 $

26,936

24,126

94,035

201,552

448,212

20,270

3,000

23,270

33

—

—

292

528

38,662

—

38,662

(7)

(3)

—

—

(24)

(34)

—

—

—

101,759

26,966

24,126

94,035

201,820

448,706

58,932

3,000

61,932

$ 471,482 $

39,190 $

(34) $ 510,638

As  of  June  30,  2019,  the  Group  had  $445.0  million  of  investments  which  were  classified  as  short-term 
investments on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position. Additionally, the Group had marketable equity 
securities totaling $58.9 million, non-marketable equity securities totaling $3.0 million, and certificates of deposit and 
time deposits totaling $3.7 million which were classified as long-term and were included in other non-current assets 
on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position. 

As of June 30, 2018, the Group’s investments consisted of the following:

Debt Investments

U.S. treasury securities

Agency securities

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Commercial paper

Corporate debt securities

Total investments

Amortized
Cost

Unrealized
Gains

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

52,809 $

— $

(109) $

52,700

22,097

58,824

35,372

158,538

—

—

—

14

(82)

—

—

22,015

58,824

35,372

(669)

157,883

$ 327,640 $

14 $

(860) $ 326,794

  As  of  June 30,  2018,  the  Group  had  $323.1  million  of  investments  which  were  classified  as  short-term 
investments on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position. Additionally, the Group had certificates of 
deposit and time deposits totaling $3.6 million which were classified as long-term and were included in other non-
current assets on the Group’s consolidated statements of financial position.

The  effects  of  the  Group’s  investments  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  were  as  follows  (amounts 

presented are prior to any income tax effects):

Unrealized gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income

Gain (loss) recognized into profit or loss

F-31

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)
(601) $

$ 40,017 $

(849)

$

15 $

(15) $

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes the Group’s debt investments by remaining contractual maturity based on the 

effective maturity date: 

Recorded as follows:

Due in one year or less

Due after one year

Total investments

Derivative financial instruments

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 442,964 $ 277,087

5,742

49,707

$ 448,706 $ 326,794

The group have derivative instruments that are used for hedging activities as discussed below and derivative 

instruments relating to the Notes and the capped calls as discussed in Note 15: Exchangeable Senior Notes.

  The fair value of the hedging derivative instruments were as follows:

Statement of Financial Position
Location

Fair Value
 As of June 30,
2019

Fair Value
 As of June 30,
2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Derivative assets - hedging
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative assets

$

247 $

Non-current derivative
assets

77

312

636 $

39

3

21

63

3,854 $

5,006

74

25

204

207

5,417

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative assets

Total derivative assets

Derivative liabilities - hedging

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

Current derivative liabilities
Non-current derivative
liabilities

  Foreign exchange forward contracts

Current derivative liabilities

$

$

Total derivative liabilities

$

3,953 $

F-32

 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the notional amounts of our derivative instruments as of June 30, 2019 (in 

thousands): 

Notional Amounts of Derivative Instruments

Notional Amount by Term to Maturity

Classification by Notional Amount

Under 12
months

Over 12
months

Total

Cash Flow
Hedge

Non Hedge

Total

Foreign exchange forward
contracts

$259,674

$14,477

$274,151

$230,264

$43,887

$274,151

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  notional  amounts  of  our  derivative  instruments  as  of  June 30,  2018  (in 

thousands): 

Notional Amounts of Derivative Instruments

Notional Amount by Term to Maturity

Classification by Notional Amount

Under 12
months

Over 12
months

Total

Cash Flow
Hedge

Non Hedge

Total

Foreign exchange forward
contracts

$188,633

$12,492

$201,125

$180,898

$20,227

$201,125

The effects of derivatives designated as hedging instruments on our consolidated financial statements were as 

follows (amounts presented are prior to any income tax effects):

Gain recognized into general and administrative expense - ineffective portion

$

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)
12 $
24 $

(3)

Gross unrealized loss recognized in other comprehensive income

$ (8,369) $ (4,387) $ 4,520

Net (loss) gain reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve into profit or loss -
effective portion

     Recognized in cost of revenues

     Recognized in research and development

     Recognized in marketing and sales

     Recognized in general and administrative

$ (9,908) $ 3,954 $ 1,356

$

(713) $

134 $

49

$ (6,935) $ 2,532 $ 1,010

$

(194) $

112 $

$ (2,066) $ 1,176 $

21

276

6. Other Non-operating Expense, Net

Other non-operating expense, net consisted of the following:

Exchange derivative allocated issuance costs

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

$

— $

2018
(1,785) $

2017

Net unrealized loss on exchange derivative and capped calls

(533,908)

(12,414)

Foreign currency exchange loss, net

Contributions to Atlassian Foundation

Other income
Other non-operating expense, net

(702)

(3,629)

2,786

(413)

(1,856)

1,311

—

—

(93)

(1,620)

371

$ (535,453) $ (15,157) $

(1,342)

F-33

 
7. Expenses

Loss before income tax benefit (expense) included the following expenses:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

Depreciation:

Equipment

Computer hardware and software

Furniture and fittings

Leasehold improvements        

Total depreciation

Amortization:

Patents and trademarks        

Customer relationships

Acquired developed technology

Total amortization

Total depreciation and amortization

Employee benefits expense:

Salaries and wages

Variable compensation

Payroll taxes

Share-based payment expense

Defined contribution plan expense

Contractor expense

Other

$

1,336 $

1,214 $

1,476

2,031

8,604

13,447

7,796

21,015

27,990

56,801

11,543

1,485

7,915

22,157

6,990

29,100

21,188

57,278

70,248 $

79,435 $

1,022

23,729

1,016

5,923

31,690

2,907

12,361

14,588

29,856

61,546

$

$

351,401 $

273,326 $

201,953

62,106

42,020

33,067

30,478

19,260

20,792

257,762

162,873

137,448

22,566

27,263

53,654

16,839

23,666

44,877

13,041

16,333

34,605

Total employee benefits expense

$

816,772 $

585,126 $

443,432

8. Income Tax

The major components of income tax (expense) benefit for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017 are 

as follows:

Current income tax:

Current income tax charge

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$

(15,788) $

(1,956) $

(11,518)

Adjustments in respect of current income tax of previous years

(361)

(48)

(25)

Deferred tax:

Benefit (expense) relating to origination and reversal of
temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of temporary differences of previous
years

Income tax (expense) benefit

30,417

(19,934)

25,864

(46,333)

(33,363)

630

$

(32,065) $

(55,301) $

14,951

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

F-34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation between income tax (expense) benefit and the product of accounting loss multiplied by the 

U.K.'s domestic tax rate for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017, is as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

Loss before income tax (expense) benefit

$

(605,556) $

(58,131) $

(52,400)

At the U.K.’s statutory income tax rate of 19% in fiscal 2019 and
2018, and 19.75% in fiscal 2017

Tax effect of amounts that are not taxable (deductible) in
calculating taxable income:

Research and development incentive

Non-deductible charges relating to exchangeable senior notes

Share-based payment

Amortization of intangible assets that do not give rise to
deferred taxes

Foreign tax rate adjustment

Adjustment to deferred tax balance

Other items, net

Adjustments in respect to current income tax of previous years

Adjustments in respect to deferred income tax of previous years

115,031

12,508

11,781

660

(104,445)

(3,729)

(4)

1,685

6,337

(906)

14,629

(361)

(46,333)

2,620

(3,195)

(11,199)

(31)

(4,968)

(14,602)

(3,023)

(21,890)

(48)

(33,363)

18,404

—

(9,946)

(673)

(1,990)

(332)

(2,898)

14,346

(25)

630

Income tax (expense) benefit

$

(32,065) $

(55,301) $

14,951

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details.

F-35

 
 
 
Details of deferred taxes, recognized and unrecognized: 

Depreciation for tax purposes

Provisions, accruals and prepayments

Deferred revenue

Unrealized foreign currency exchange (gains) losses

Unrealized investment (gains) losses

Carried forward tax losses (gains)

Carried forward tax credits—credited to profit and loss

Intangible assets

Tax benefit (expense) from share plans—income

Tax benefit (expense) from share plans—equity

Deferred foreign taxes

Other, net

Deferred tax benefit

Deferred tax assets, net

Reflected in the consolidated statements of financial position
as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets, net

Items for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized:

Depreciation and amortization for tax purposes

Provisions, accruals and prepayments

Deferred revenue

Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains

Unused tax losses

Intangible assets

Tax benefit from share plans- income

Tax benefit from share plans- equity

Capital loss

Carried forward tax credits- credited to profit and loss

Unrealized loss on investments

  Other, net

Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position

Consolidated Statements of
Operations

As of June 30,

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$

35 $

2,537 $

(2,564) $

*As Adjusted
1,415

(454)

(3,073)

(428)

(8,213)

2,034

2,452

9,943

551

889

—

(524)

—

7,241

22,650

(410)

1,644

850

5,456

16,620

216

127

(9,460)

(411)

(7,164)

(23,932)

(101)

(405)

(409)

(3,005)

13,095

331

300

10,605

(2,668)

95

10,714

(226)

—

(34,221)

(41,546)

50,680

(30,379)

(123)

(10,605)

899

— $ (15,917) $ (53,297)

$

$

$

3,212 $

47,060

17,084 $

59,220

(13,872)

(12,160)

3,212 $

47,060

4,804

13,421

37,342

—

2,221

314

15,723

215

401,108

161,513

1,963,534

2,054,530

45,849

109,061

1,391

47,537

1,076

10,610

30,114

62,719

1,391

30,418

160

5,800

$ 2,635,733 $2,365,118

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details.

F-36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of deferred tax assets, net
Balance at the beginning of

Deferred tax expense for the year

Debited to equity

Adjustment in respect of income tax payable

Impact from business combinations

Currency revaluation impact

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

$

47,060 $

(15,916)

(8,884)

—

(19,092)

44

140,532

(53,297)

(40,092)

(83)

—

—

$
Balance at the ending of
* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details.

3,212 $

47,060

The U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) enacted on December 22, 2017 introduces a number of changes 
to U.S. income tax law. Among other changes, the Tax Act (i) reduces the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 
21%, (ii) enacts limitations regarding the deductibility of interest expense, (iii) modifies the provisions relating to the 
limitations on deductions for executive compensation of publicly traded corporations, (iv) imposes new limitations on 
the utilization of net operating loss arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, (v) repeals the corporate 
alternative minimum tax and provides for a refund of existing alternative minimum tax credits, and (vi) creates new 
taxes on certain foreign-sourced earnings and certain related-party payments, which are referred to as the global 
intangible low-taxed income tax and the base erosion tax, respectively.

As a result of the new U.S. federal statutory corporate tax rate of 21% contained within the Tax Act, the Group 
recorded non-cash charges of $16.9 million to tax expense and $16.9 million to equity to revalue the Group’s U.S. net 
deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2018.

In June 2019 and December 2017, as a result of the Group’s assessment of the realizability of its Australian 
and U.S. deferred tax assets, the Group recorded non-cash charges to tax expense of $54.7 million and $30.4 million, 
respectively, and $25.8 million to equity in December 2017 to reduce the carrying value of these assets. The assessment 
of the realizability of the Australian and U.S. deferred tax assets is based on all available positive and negative evidence. 
Such evidence includes, but is not limited to, recent cumulative earnings or losses, expectations of future taxable 
income by taxing jurisdiction, and the carry-forward periods available for the utilization of deferred tax assets. The 
Group will continue to assess and record any necessary changes to align its deferred tax assets to their realizable 
value. 

In December 2017, the Group made changes to its corporate structure to include certain foreign subsidiaries 
in its U.S. consolidated tax group that resulted in the creation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, including a 
non-recognized deferred tax asset of $2.1 billion related to the fair market value of its intellectual property. The assets 
are included in the Group’s quarterly assessment and are only recognized to the extent they are determined to be 
realizable.

The  impact  on  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  from  business  combinations  of  $19.1  million  in  fiscal  year  2019 
represents the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized as a result of the acquisition of OpsGenie. The Group 
acquired net operating loss carryforward deferred tax assets of approximately $1.8 million from OpsGenie. The Group 
also recognized deferred tax liabilities of approximately $19.6 million primarily related to acquired intangibles from 
OpsGenie, the amortization of which will not be deductible from future taxable profits.

The Group recognizes certain amounts directly in equity including current tax benefits related to tax deductions 
in excess of cumulative book expense for share based payment awards, deferred tax benefits related to revaluing its 
deferred tax assets for share based payment awards to fair market value at each reporting date, and deferred tax 

F-37

 
 
 
expense  or  benefit  related  to  unrealized  gains  and  losses  that  are  recorded  in  Other  Comprehensive  Income.

Amounts recognized directly in equity:

Net deferred tax—debited directly to equity

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

(8,884)

(8,884) $

(40,092)

(40,092)

The Group has the following losses and credits available for offsetting future profit and taxes: 

Expiration

Amount carried
forward

Amount
recognized as of
June 30, 2019

U.S. net operating loss (Pre - 2017 Tax 
Reform)

June 30, 2032-December 30, 2037 $

128,705 $

U.S. net operating loss (Post - 2017 Tax 
Reform)

None

State net operating loss- various states

June 30, 2024-June 30, 2039

U.K. net operating loss

None

U.S. research and development credits

June 30, 2031-June 30, 2030

State research and development credits- 
California

None

State research and development credits- 
Texas

June 30, 2036-June 30, 2039

Australia capital loss

None

State enterprise zone credits

June 30, 2020-June 30, 2024

9. Trade Receivables

The Group’s trade receivables consisted of the following:

Trade receivables

ECL allowances

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,631,941 $

670,960 $

1 $

33,490 $

13,599 $

2,277 $

4,637 $

685 $

137

1,740

156

—

170

65

2,218

—

3

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)
83,044 $

46,770

(519)

(629)

82,525 $

46,141

As  of  June  30,  2019,  two  customers,  both  solution  partners,  represented  13%  and  13%  of  the  total  trade 
receivables balance. As of June 30, 2018, two customers, both solution partners, represented 15% and 10% of the 
total trade receivables balance. 

Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) Allowance

As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Group had ECL allowance of $519,000 and $629,000, respectively. The 

movements in the ECL allowance were as follows:

As of June 30, 2017

     Change in estimate

As of June 30, 2018

     Change in estimate

As of June 30, 2019

F-38

(U.S. $ in
thousands)

$

$

116

513

629

(110)

519

 
 
 
 
Trade Receivables Aging

As of June 30, 2019

ECL rate

Trade receivables carrying amount

ECL

As of June 30, 2018

ECL rate

Trade receivables carrying amount

ECL

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Past due days

< 90 days

—

9,961

—

Current

—
71,883

—

> 90 days

43.3%

1,200

519

Current

< 90 days

> 90 days

—
41,134

—

—

4,933

—

89.5%

703

629

10. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:

Equipment

Computer
Hardware
and Software

Furniture
and Fittings

Leasehold
Improvements
and Other

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

As of June 30, 2018
Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing cost balance

Opening accumulated depreciation

Depreciation expense

Effect of change in exchange rates

Disposals

Closing accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

As of June 30, 2019
Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing cost balance

Opening accumulated depreciation

Depreciation expense

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

$

3,895

$

53,448

$

7,083

$

33,840

$

1,651
(320)
(2)
5,224

(2,121)
(1,214)

(1)

272
(3,064)
2,160

$

247

(44,545)

(3)
9,147

(38,336)

(11,543)

1

43,048

(6,830)
2,317

4,023
(83)
8
11,031

(2,449)

(1,485)

(4)

43

28,279
(668)
5

61,456

(14,187)
(7,915)

21

668

(3,895)
7,136

$

(21,413)
40,043

$

$

98,266

34,200

(45,616)
8

86,858

(57,093)

(22,157)

17

44,031

(35,202)
51,656

5,224

$

9,147

$

11,031

$

61,456

$

86,858

3,460
(829)
2

7,857

(3,064)
(1,336)
741

1
(3,658)
4,199

1,911
(514)
4
10,548

(6,830)

(1,476)
498

—

4,268
(689)
(4)
14,606

(3,895)

(2,031)
493

5

(7,808)
2,740

$

(5,428)
9,178

$

$

33,838
(5,339)
83
90,038

(21,413)
(8,604)
5,339
(18)
(24,696)
65,342

$

43,477
(7,371)
85
123,049

(35,202)

(13,447)
7,071
(12)
(41,590)
81,459

$

$

$

The Company had disposals of property, plant and equipment in 2019 and 2018, with a net carrying amount 

of $0.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively. 

F-39

 
 
11. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible 
and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually 
during the fourth quarter.

Goodwill consisted of the following:

Balance as of June 30, 2017

Effect of change in exchange rates

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Additions
Effect of change in exchange rates

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Impairment test for goodwill

Note

12

Goodwill

(U.S. $ in thousands)
311,900
$
43
311,943
297,010
(46)
608,907

$

The Group operates as a single CGU and all goodwill is allocated to this unit. The recoverable amount of 

goodwill was assessed by comparing the market capitalization of the Group to its book value, among other 
qualitative factors, when reviewing for indicators of impairment. There was no impairment of goodwill during the 
fiscal years ended 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

F-40

 
 
 
 
Intangible assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

As of June 30, 2018

Opening cost balance

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing cost balance

Opening accumulated amortization

Amortization charge

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing accumulated amortization

Net book amount

As of June 30, 2019

Opening cost balance

Additions

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing cost amount

Opening accumulated amortization

Amortization charge

Disposals

Effect of change in exchange rates

Closing accumulated amortization

Patents,
Trademarks
and Other
Rights

Acquired
Developed
Technology

Customer
Relationships

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

21,745

$

136,960

$

58,684

$

217,389

$

$

—

21,745

(3,042)

(6,990)

—

90

137,050

(80,759)

(21,188)

(24)

—

58,684

(12,799)

(29,100)

—

90

217,479

(96,600)

(57,278)

(24)

(10,032)

(101,971)

(41,899)

(153,902)

11,713

$

35,079

$

16,785

$

63,577

21,745

$

137,050

$

58,684

$

5,550

—

—

27,295

(10,032)

(7,796)

—

—

72,589

(12,443)

(103)

197,093

(101,971)

(27,990)

11,365

73

67,168

—

—

125,852

(41,899)

(21,015)

—

—

217,479

145,307

(12,443)

(103)

350,240

(153,902)

(56,801)

11,365

73

(17,828)

(118,523)

(62,914)

(199,265)

Net book amount

$

9,467

$

78,570

$

62,938

$

150,975

As of June 30, 2019, no development costs have qualified for capitalization, and all development costs have 
been expensed as incurred. As of June 30, 2019, the remaining amortization period for acquired developed technology 
ranged from approximately one year to five years. The remaining amortization period for customer relationships ranged 
from three years to nine years. 

12. Business combinations

Fiscal 2019

AgileCraft

On April 3, 2019, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of AgileCraft LLC, a leading provider of enterprise 
agile planning software. Total purchase price consideration for AgileCraft was approximately $155.7 million, which 
consisted of approximately $154.0 million in cash and $1.7 million in fair value of replacement shares attributable to 
service  provided  prior  to  acquisition.  The  Company  issued  24,173  replacement  shares  and  the  fair  value  of  the 
replacement shares was based on grant date stock price of the Company. In addition, the Company granted $12.5 
million worth of restricted shares of the Company to key employees of AgileCraft, which are subject to future vesting 
provisions based on service conditions. 

F-41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group acquired AgileCraft to complement its current product offerings and to help enterprise organizations 
build and manage a ‘master plan’ of their most strategic projects and workstreams. The Group has included the financial 
results of AgileCraft in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which have not been material 
to date. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for the twelve months ended June 30, 2019 because 
the effect of the acquisition was not material to the financial statements.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 

date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue
Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)
1,193
$

3,614

270

52,900

101,184

(1,196)

(2,230)
155,735

$

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded market opportunities. The goodwill balance is deductible for income tax purposes. The fair values assigned 
to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  based  on  management’s 
estimates  and  assumptions.  The  fair  value  of  acquired  receivables  approximates  the  gross  contractual  amounts 
receivable. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets and goodwill include, but are not limited to, future 
expected cash flows from revenues, technology migration curve and discount rates. The deferred tax liabilities were 
primarily a result of the difference in the book basis and tax basis related to the identifiable intangible assets. Transaction 
costs of $1.2 million were expensed as incurred, which was included in general and administrative expenses.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition.

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Backlog

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in
thousands)

$

$

34,600

16,900

1,400

52,900

(years)
5

7

3

The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of AgileCraft’s enterprise 
agile planning technology. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair value of the underlying 
relationships with AgileCraft’s customers. The amount recorded for backlog represents the fair value of AgileCraft’s 
backlog as of acquisition date.

OpsGenie

On October 1, 2018, we acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of OpsGenie, Inc., a leader in incident alerting 
and on-call schedule management, for cash consideration of $259.5 million. In addition, the Company granted $36.3 
million worth of restricted shares of the Company to key employees of OpsGenie, which are subject to future vesting 
provisions based on service conditions. The Group acquired OpsGenie to complement our current product offerings 
and enable customers to plan for and respond to IT service disruptions. The Group has included the financial results 
of OpsGenie in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which have not been material to date. 

F-42

 
 
Pro forma results of operations have not been presented for the twelve months ended June 30, 2019 because the 
effect of the acquisition was not material to the financial statements.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 

date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities, net

Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)
1,232
$

1,933

513

87,900

189,727

(1,533)

(1,217)

(19,010)

259,545

$

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded market opportunities. The goodwill balance is not deductible for income tax purposes. The fair values assigned 
to  tangible  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  based  on  management’s 
estimates  and  assumptions.  The  fair  value  of  acquired  receivables  approximates  the  gross  contractual  amounts 
receivable. Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets and goodwill include, but are not limited to, future 
expected cash flows from revenues, technology migration curve, customer attrition rate and discount rates. The deferred 
tax liabilities were primarily a result of the difference in the book basis and tax basis related to the identifiable intangible 
assets. Transaction costs of $1.8 million were expensed as incurred, which was included in general and administrative 
expenses.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition.

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Trade name

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in 
thousands)

$

$

35,600

48,600

3,700

87,900

(years)
5

10

5

The amount recorded for developed technology represents the estimated fair value of OpsGenie’s incident 
management and alerting technology. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair value of the 
underlying relationships with OpsGenie customers. The amount recorded for trade name represents the fair value of 
OpsGenie trade name.

Other fiscal year 2019 business combinations

On April 8, 2019, the Group acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Good Software Co. Pty Ltd (“Good 
Software”) for cash consideration of approximately $2.7 million. In addition, the Company granted $1.3 million worth 
of restricted shares of the Company to a key employee of Good Software, which are subject to future vesting provisions 
based on service conditions. Good Software provides analytics tools for Confluence. The Company acquired Good 
Software  to  integrate  the  analytics  tool  into  Confluence  and  to  complement  our  current  Confluence  product.  The 
purchase price was allocated to net tangible assets of $0.2 million, developed technology of $0.6 million, customer 
relationship of $0.3 million and goodwill of $1.6 million. The goodwill balance is primarily attributed to the assembled 
workforce  and  expanded  market  opportunities  when  integrating  with  Confluence. The  goodwill  balance  is  partially 
deductible for income tax purposes. 

F-43

On December 10, 2018, the Group acquired the intangible assets of Ludable LLC related to Butler for Trello, a 
workflow automation tool, for cash consideration of approximately $6.0 million. In addition, the Company granted $3.5 
million worth of restricted shares of the Company to the key employee of Ludable LLC, which are subject to future 
vesting  provisions  based  on  service  conditions. The  transaction  was  accounted  for  as  a  business  combination  in 
accordance with the relevant guidance. The Company acquired the Butler for Trello assets to complement our existing 
Trello offerings and to help automate manual and repetitive tasks. The purchase price was allocated to developed 
technology of $1.5 million and goodwill of $4.5 million. The goodwill balance is primarily attributed to the assembled 
workforce  and  expanded  market  opportunities  when  integrating  with Trello. The  goodwill  balance  is  deductible  for 
income tax purposes. 

The Group’s purchase price allocations are preliminary and subject to revision as additional information existing as of 
the respective acquisition dates but unknown to us may become available within the respective measurement periods 
(up to one year from the respective acquisition dates). The primary areas of the purchase price allocation that are not 
yet finalized are identification of contingencies and goodwill. 

Fiscal 2018

The Group did not have any business combinations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

Fiscal 2017

Trello

On February 3, 2017, the Group acquired all of the outstanding stock of Trello, a leading provider of project 
management  and  organization  software,  for  consideration  consisting  of  cash  and  the  fair  value  of  equity  awards 
assumed. The Group acquired Trello to expand Atlassian’s teamwork platform by adding a complementary collaboration 
service to Atlassian’s existing project management, content creation and communication products. The Group has 
included the financial results of Trello in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition, which have 
not been material to date. 

Total purchase price consideration for Trello was approximately $384.0 million, which consisted of approximately 
$363.8 million in cash and $20.2 million for the fair value of exchanged unvested equity awards held by Trello employees 
for unvested equity awards of the Company. The fair value of replacement share options issued by the Company was 
determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the 

date of acquisition:

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Deferred tax assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Trade and other payables

Deferred revenue

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired

Fair Value

(U.S. $ in thousands)
1,019
$

1,035

765

17,074

127,400

289,171

(3,532)

(2,165)

(46,760)

384,007

$

The  excess  of  purchase  consideration  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets 
acquired  was  recorded  as  goodwill.  The  goodwill  balance  is  primarily  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and 
expanded market opportunities when integrating Trello’s technology with the Group’s other offerings. The goodwill 
balance was not deductible for income tax purposes. The fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities 
assumed and identifiable intangible assets were based on management’s estimates and assumptions. The deferred 
tax liability established was primarily a result of the difference in the book basis and tax basis related to the identifiable 

F-44

intangible assets. The Group’s purchase price allocation is preliminary and subject to revision as additional information 
about fair value of assets and liabilities becomes available. If additional information is obtained up to one year from 
the acquisition date regarding facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date, the estimated fair values 
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be updated accordingly.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated 

useful lives as of the date of acquisition.

Developed technology

Customer relationships

Trade names

Total intangible assets subject to amortization

Fair Value

Useful Life

(U.S. $ in
thousands)

$

50,600

56,900

19,900

$

127,400

(years)
3

2

3

The  amount  recorded  for  developed  technology  represents  the  estimated  fair  value  of  Trello’s  project 
management and organization technology. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair values 
of the underlying relationship with Trello customers. 

Other fiscal 2017 business combinations

On July 12, 2016, the Group acquired StatusPage for $18.3 million in cash, net of cash acquired, and $3.3 
million of deferred consideration. The Group has included the financial results of StatusPage in its consolidated financial 
statements from the date of acquisition, which have not been material to date. In allocating the purchase consideration 
based on estimated fair values, the Group recorded $8.7 million of acquired intangible assets with useful lives of two
to five years and $15.5 million of goodwill. The goodwill balance was not deductible for income tax purposes.

13. Other Balance Sheet Accounts

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following:

Cash and bank deposits

Amounts due from third-party credit card processors

U.S. treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

Agency securities

Commercial paper

Money market funds

Certificates of deposit and time deposits

Total cash and cash equivalents

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)
565,030 $

652,619

$

9,904

6,996

7,560

8,084

67,327

593,696

9,844

7,049

18,968

1,000

7,989

29,118

693,596

—

$

1,268,441 $

1,410,339

F-45

 
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

Prepaid expenses

Accrued interest income on short-term investments

Other receivables

Other current assets

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

$

*As Adjusted

23,588 $

21,278

3,072

1,977

1,599

2,582

3,059

2,816

30,236 $

29,735

Other receivables generally arise from transactions outside the normal operating activities of the Group. 

Collateral is not normally required.

Other non-current assets

Other non-current assets consisted of the following:

Marketable equity securities
Non-marketable equity securities
Security deposits
Other

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

58,932 $

3,000
5,010
9,703

76,645 $

—
—
5,248
8,218
13,466

$

$

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Group had certificates of deposit and time deposits totaling $3.7 million and 
$3.7 million which were classified as long-term and were included in security deposits. Included in the Group’s other 
non-current assets balance as of June 30, 2019  and 2018 were $7.1 million and $6.6 million respectively, of restricted 
cash used for commitments of standby letters of credit related to facility leases and were not available for the Group’s 
use in its operations.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables consisted of the following:

Trade payables

Accrued expenses

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

Sales and indirect taxes

Operating lease payable

Customer deposit

Other payables

F-46

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)
24,993 $

53,802

54,507

9,158

1,613

7,943

17,119

42,905

28,302

8,076

1,420

6,319

7,471
159,487 $

3,751
107,892

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
Current provisions

Current provisions consisted of the following:

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Employee benefits

$

8,983 $

7,215

Current provisions for employee benefits include accrued annual leave and long service leave. Long service 
leave covers all unconditional entitlements where employees have completed the required period of service and those 
where employees are entitled to pro rata payments.

Non-current provisions

Non-current provisions consisted of the following:

Employee benefits

Dilapidation provision

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

$

3,323 $

2,759

6,082 $

2,094

2,269

4,363

The non-current provision for employee benefits includes long service leave as described above.

The dilapidation provision relates to certain lease arrangements for office space entered into by the Group. 
These lease arrangements require the Group to restore each premises to its original condition upon lease termination. 
Accordingly, the Group records a provision for the present value of the estimated future costs to retire long-lived assets 
at the expiration of these leases.

Other non-current liabilities

Other non-current liabilities consisted of the following:

Deferred rent

Other non-current liabilities

14. Revenue

Deferred revenues

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)
33,845 $

344

34,189 $

11,777

451

12,228

$

$

  We  record  deferred  revenues  when  cash  payments  are  received  or  due  in  advance  of  our  performance, 
including  amounts  which  are  refundable.  The increase in  the  deferred  revenue  balance  for  twelve  months  ended 
June 30,  2019 is  primarily  driven  by  cash  payments  received  or  due  in  advance  of  satisfying  our  performance 
obligations, offset by $324.4 million of revenues recognized that were included in the deferred revenue balance as 
of June 30,  2018. The  acquisitions  contributed  $3.4  million  to  the  increase  in  deferred  revenue  balance  (for  more 
information, see Note 12).

F-47

 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations

IFRS 15 introduced the concept of “remaining transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations”, 
which is different from unbilled deferred revenue under previous accounting guidance. Transaction price allocated to 
remaining performance obligations represents contracted revenue that has not yet been recognized, which includes 
billed but unearned revenue and unbilled amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenues in future periods.

As of June 30, 2019, approximately $512.6 million of revenue is expected to be recognized from transaction 
price allocated to remaining performance obligations. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 91% of these 
remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months with the balance recognized thereafter. 

Disaggregated revenue

The Group’s revenues by geographic region based on end-users who purchased our products or services are 

as follows: 

Americas

EMEA

Asia Pacific

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$

603,959 $

439,363 $

317,432

474,712

131,456

347,509

94,106

193,790

115,462

$ 1,210,127 $

880,978 $

626,684

Revenues from the United States totaled approximately $529 million, $386 million, and $281 million for the 
fiscal years ended 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Revenues from our country of domicile, the United Kingdom, 
totaled  approximately  $86  million,  $63  million,  and  $46  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively. No one customer has accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018, 
and 2017.

15. Exchangeable Senior Notes

2023 Exchangeable Senior Notes

In April  2018, Atlassian,  Inc.  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  issued  $850  million  in  aggregate 
principal amount of Notes due on May 1, 2023. In May, 2018, the initial purchasers of the Notes exercised their option 
to purchase an additional $150 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, bringing the total aggregate principal 
amount of the Notes to $1 billion. The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company, and are scheduled to 
mature on May 1, 2023, unless earlier exchanged, redeemed or repurchased. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 
0.625% per year payable semiannually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 
1, 2018. The net proceeds from the offering of the Notes were approximately $990.0 million, after deducting issuance 
cost. 

The Notes are not exchangeable into the Company’s Class A ordinary shares or any other securities under 
any circumstances. Holders of the Notes may exchange their Notes solely into cash. The initial exchange rate for the 
Notes is 12.2663 of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (equivalent to an 
initial exchange price of approximately $81.52 per share), subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. Holders of 
the Notes may exchange, at their option, on or after February 1, 2023. Further, holders of the Notes may exchange, 
at  their  option,  prior  to  February  1,  2023  only  under  the  following  circumstances:  (1)  during  any  calendar  quarter 
commencing after the calendar quarter ending on June 30, 2018 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last 
reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a 
period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding 
calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the exchange price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the 
five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading 
price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the 
product of the last reported sale price of the Class A ordinary shares and the exchange rate for the Notes on each 

F-48

 
 
 
 
 
such trading day; (3) if the Company calls any or all of the Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of 
business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence 
of specified corporate events. If a fundamental change occurs holders may require the Company to repurchase for 
cash all or any portion of their Notes at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount 
of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change 
repurchase date. In addition, if specific corporate events occur prior to the maturity date or following the Company’s 
delivery of a notice of redemption, we will increase the exchange rate for a holder that elects to exchange its Notes in 
connection with such a corporate event or during the related redemption period.

The Company may redeem the Notes at its option, prior to May 1, 2023, in whole but not in part, in connection 
with certain tax-related events. The Company may also redeem the Notes at its option, on or after November 6, 2020, 
in whole or in part, if the last reported sale price per Class A ordinary share has been at least 130% of the exchange 
price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately 
preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day period 
ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of 
redemption, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. 

The exchange feature of the Notes requires bifurcation from the Notes and is accounted for as a derivative 
liability. The fair value of the Notes’ embedded exchange derivative at the time of issuance was $177.9 million and 
was recorded as original debt discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the Notes. This discount 
is amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Notes. The Notes embedded 
exchange derivative is carried on the consolidated statements of financial position at its estimated fair value and is 
adjusted at the end of each reporting period, with unrealized gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of 
operations. The  fair  value  of  the  exchange  feature  derivative  liability  was  $851.1  million  and  $202.6  million  as  of 
June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Notes,  the  Company  entered  into  privately  negotiated  capped  call 
transactions with certain financial institutions. The aggregate cost of the capped calls was $87.7 million. The capped 
call transactions expire in May 2023 and must be settled in cash. The capped call transactions are expected to generally 
offset cash payments due, limited by a capped price per share. The initial cap price of the capped call transactions is 
$114.42 per share and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the capped call transactions. The capped 
call transactions are accounted for as derivative assets and are carried on the consolidated statements of financial 
position at their estimated fair value. The capped calls are adjusted to fair value each reporting period, with unrealized 
gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of capped call assets was $214.6 
million and $99.9 million as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

The current or non-current classification of the embedded exchange derivative liability and the capped calls 
asset  corresponds  with  the  classification  of  the  Notes  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position.  The 
classification is evaluated at each balance sheet date, and may change from time to time depending on whether the 
exchange conditions are met. As of June 30, 2019, the closing price exchange condition has been met and the Notes, 
exchange derivative liability and the capped call assets are classified as current. Please refer to Note 5 for details on 
the valuation of exchange feature derivative liability and capped call assets.

The principal amount, unamortized debt discount, unamortized issuance costs and net carrying amount of the 

liability component of the Notes as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 were as follow:

Principal amount 

Unamortized debt discount 

Unamortized issuance costs

Net liability 

F-49

As of June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

$

1,000,000 $

1,000,000

(140,011)

(6,413)

(172,464)

(7,899)

853,576 $

819,637

 
 
The effective interest rate, contractual interest expense and amortization of debt discount for the Notes for 

the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 were as follow:

Effective interest rate

Contractual interest expense

Amortization of debt discount

Reconciliation of assets and liabilities arising from financing activities:

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

4.83%

6,267

32,453

$

$

$

$

4.83%

1,075

5,433

Capped call
assets

Exchangeable
Notes, net

Embedded exchange feature
of Notes

Accrued
interest

(U.S. $ in thousands)

Balance as of June 30, 2017

$

— $

— $

— $

Cash flows
Amortization of debt discount and
issuance cost
Fair value changes

Accrual of interest

Other

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Cash flows

Amortization of debt discount and
issuance cost
Fair value changes

Accrual of interest

(87,700)

812,587

—

5,693

(12,232)
—

—

(99,932)
—

—
(114,665)
—

—

—

1,357

819,637

—

33,939

—

—

Balance as of June 30, 2019

$

(214,597) $

853,576 $

177,907

—

24,646

—

—

202,553

—

—

648,573

—

851,126 $

—

—

—

—

1,094

—

1,094

(6,319)

—

—

6,267

1,042

F-50

 
 
 
16. Shareholders’ Equity

Share capital

Details
Class A ordinary shares
Class B ordinary shares

Movements in Class A ordinary share capital

Details
Balance as of June 30, 2017

Conversion of Class B ordinary shares

Exercise of share options

Issuance for settlement of RSUs
Vesting of share options that were early exercised

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Conversion of Class B ordinary shares

Exercise of share options

Issuance for settlement of RSUs
Vesting of share options that were early exercised

Balance as of June 30, 2019

As of June 30,

As of June 30,

2019

2018

2019

2018

(number of shares)

(in thousands)

117,273,566
124,722,559
241,996,125

105,371,800 $
129,942,506
235,314,306 $

11,727 $
12,472
24,199 $

10,537
12,994
23,531

Number of
Shares

Amount

(U.S. $ in 
thousands)

91,979,704 $

9,198

5,861,707

1,902,084

5,253,809

374,496

587

190

525

37

105,371,800

10,537

5,219,947

1,496,875

4,674,873

510,071

522

150

467

51

117,273,566 $

11,727

Class A shares as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018 does not include 911,367 and 827,871 shares of 

restricted stock outstanding, respectively, that are subject to forfeiture or repurchase. 

Movements in Class B ordinary share capital

Number of
Shares

Amount

(U.S. $ in 
thousands)

135,283,942 $

520,271

(5,861,707)

129,942,506

(5,219,947)

124,722,559 $

13,528
53
(587)
12,994
(522)
12,472

Details
Balance as of June 30, 2017

Exercise of share options

Conversion to Class A ordinary shares

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Conversion to Class A ordinary shares

Balance as of June 30, 2019

Ordinary shares

Nominal value

Ordinary shares have a nominal value of $0.10.

F-51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conversion

If the aggregate number of Class B ordinary shares comprises less than 10% of the total shares of the Company 

then in issue, each Class B ordinary share will automatically convert into one Class A ordinary share.

Upon consent of at least 66.66% of the Class B ordinary shares, each Class B ordinary share will convert into 
one Class A ordinary share. A Class B ordinary shareholder may elect at any time to convert any of its Class B ordinary 
shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. Upon a transfer of Class B ordinary shares to a person or 
entity that is not a permitted Class B ordinary share transferee as defined in the Company’s articles of association, 
each Class B ordinary share transferred converts into one Class A ordinary share.

Dividend rights

Any dividend declared by the Company shall be paid on the Class A ordinary shares and the Class B ordinary 

shares pari passu as if they were all shares of the same class.

Voting rights

Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 10 votes.

Share premium

Share premium consists of additional consideration for shares above the nominal value of shares in issue.

Other capital reserves

Capital redemption and merger reserves

The Company has capital redemption and merger reserves of $35.0 million at June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 
They are comprised of a $98.0 thousand capital redemption reserve that is a non-distributable reserve arising on the 
redemption of redeemable shares and a $34.9 million merger reserve representing the difference between the nominal 
value of the shares issued by the Company in a prior reorganization and the share capital and share premium account 
prior to reorganization. 

Share-based payments reserve

Share-based payments represent the current period’s expense related to the fair value of RSUs and share 
options issued to employees. Tax benefits from share plans represent the deferred tax benefit of share-based payments 
in excess of the expense already recognized over the life of the share-based award. The total deferred tax benefit is 
determined using the intrinsic value of the share-based award as at the reporting date. Issuance of ordinary shares 
for settlement of RSUs represents the release of ordinary shares to our employees as RSUs vest. 

Cash flow hedge reserve

The change in fair value for the Group’s derivatives designated as hedging instruments are recognized in other 
comprehensive  income  and  accumulated  in  a  separate  reserve  within  equity. The  effect  of  the  cash  flow  hedges 
determined to be effective is reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations in the same period as the hedged 
transactions. Gains or losses related to ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized immediately to 
the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign currency translation reserve

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  foreign  subsidiaries  are  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income and accumulated in a separate reserve within equity. The cumulative amount is reclassified to the consolidated 
statements of operations when the net investment is disposed.

Investments at fair value through other comprehensive income reserve

The change in fair value for the Group’s financial instruments classified at fair value through other comprehensive 
income are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate reserve  within equity. The 

F-52

cumulative amount related to the Group’s debt investments is reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations 
upon the sale of the investment or at maturity date.

17. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the 
weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed 
by giving effect to all potential weighted-average dilutive shares. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards is reflected 
in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. 

A reconciliation of the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share is as follows:

Numerator:
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

Denominator:
Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—basic

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—diluted

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands, except per share data)

*As Adjusted

*As Adjusted

$ (637,621) $ (113,432) $

(37,449)

238,611

238,611

231,184

231,184

222,224

222,224

Net loss per share attributable to ordinary shareholders:

Basic net loss per share

Diluted net loss per share

$

$

(2.67) $

(2.67) $

(0.49) $

(0.49) $

(0.17)

(0.17)

* As adjusted to reflect the impact of the full retrospective adoption of IFRS 15. See Note 2 for further details. 

For fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 , 9.6 million, 12.8 million and 13.8 million, respectively 

of potentially anti-dilutive shares were excluded from the computation of net loss per share.

18. Commitments

The Group leases various offices in locations such as Amsterdam, the Netherlands; the San Francisco Bay 
Area, California, New York, New York, Austin, Texas, and Boston, Massachusetts, United States; Sydney, Australia; 
Manila,  the  Philippines;  Bengaluru,  India; Yokohama,  Japan;  and Ankara, Turkey  under  non-cancellable  operating 
leases expiring within one to nine years. The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On 
renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. The Group incurred rent expense on its operating leases of $38.6 
million, $23.6 million, and $12.2 million during the fiscal years ended 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Additionally, the Group has a contractual commitment for services with third-parties related to its cloud services 

platform and data centers. These commitments are non-cancellable and expire within two to four years.

Commitments  for  minimum  lease  payments  in  relation  to  non-cancellable  operating  leases  and  purchase 

obligations as of June 30, 2019 were as follows:

Fiscal Period:
Year ending 2020

Years ending 2021 - 2024

Thereafter

Total commitments

Operating
Leases

Other
Contractual
Commitments

Total

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

$

38,790 $

108,978 $

148,021

144,037

219,342

—

330,848 $

328,320

147,768

367,363

144,037

659,168

F-53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19. Related Party Transactions

Key management personnel compensation

All directors and executive management have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling 

the activities of the Group, and are considered to be key management personnel.

Compensation for the Group’s key management personnel is as follows:

Executive management
Short-term compensation and benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Board of directors
Cash remuneration

Share-based payments

20. Geographic Information

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

2017

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$ 3,835 $ 2,991 $ 2,860

109

99

100

17,144

9,335

26,030

$ 21,088 $ 12,425 $ 28,990

$

430 $

362 $

388

1,772

1,577

1,825

$ 2,202 $ 1,939 $ 2,213

The Group’s non-current operating assets by geographic regions are as follows: 

Non-current operating assets
United States

Australia

India

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

2019

2018

(U.S. $ in thousands)

$

$

819,227 $

412,112

18,842

9,286

16,730

—

847,355 $

428,842

Non-current operating assets for this purpose consist of property and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets 

and other non-current assets. 

21. Share-based Payments

The Group maintains four share-based employee compensation plans: the 2015 Share Incentive Plan (“2015 
Plan”); the 2014 Restricted Share Unit Plan (“2014 Plan”); the Atlassian Corporation Plc 2013 U.S. Share Option Plan 
(“2013 U.S. Option Plan”); and the Atlassian UK Employee Share Option Plan (together with the 2013 U.S. Option 
Plan, the “Option Plans”). In October 2015, the board of directors approved the 2015 Plan, and in November 2015, 
our shareholders adopted the 2015 Plan, effective on our IPO, which serves as the successor to the 2014 Plan and 
the Option Plans and provides for the issuance of incentive and nonstatutory share options, share appreciation rights, 
restricted share awards, RSUs, unrestricted share awards, performance share awards, performance-based awards 
to covered employees, and dividend equivalent rights to qualified employees, directors and consultants. Under the 
2015 Plan, a total of 20.7 million Class A ordinary shares were initially reserved for the issuance of awards, subject to 
automatic annual increases. 

F-54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RSU grants generally vest 25% on the one year anniversary and 1/12th of the remaining RSUs vest over the 
remaining three years, on a quarterly basis thereafter. Individuals must continue to provide services to a Group entity 
in order to vest.

Prior to our IPO, RSUs issued under the 2014 Plan required the satisfaction of a time-based service condition 
as well as a liquidity condition, defined as a sale or listing of the Company. The liquidity condition was satisfied upon 
the effectiveness of the registration statement related to our IPO. Following our IPO, participants of the 2015 Plan and 
2014 Plan must only continue to provide services to a Group entity over the time-based service period to be entitled 
to the Class A ordinary shares underlying the RSUs. Although no future awards will be granted under the 2014 Plan, 
it will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

The Option Plans allowed for the issuance of options to purchase restricted shares. Effective upon our IPO, all 
restricted shares automatically converted to Class A ordinary shares and under the Option Plans, the shares underlying 
the options converted to Class A ordinary shares. Although no future awards will be granted under the Option Plans, 
they will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Under the Option Plans, share options have a contractual life of seven to ten years and typically follow a standard 
vesting  schedule  over  a  4  year  period:  25%  vest  on  the  one  year  anniversary  and  1/48th monthly  vesting  for  the 
36 months thereafter. Individuals must continue to provide services to a Group entity in order to vest. Upon termination, 
all unvested options are forfeited and vested options must generally be exercised within three months.

RSU and Class A ordinary share option activity was as follows:

Balance as of June 30, 2017

Increase in shares authorized:

   2015 Plan

RSUs granted

RSUs canceled

RSUs settled

Share options exercised

Share options canceled

Balance as of June 30, 2018

Increase in shares authorized:

2015 Plan

RSUs granted

RSUs canceled

RSUs settled

Share options exercised

Share options canceled

Shares
Available
for Grant
21,597,913

11,423,916
(4,390,298)
1,951,289

—

—
17,395

30,600,215

11,807,109
(5,397,681)
1,113,870

—

—
5,481

Share Options

Outstanding

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

4,642,661 $

2.21

—

—

—

—

(1,902,084)

(17,395)

2,723,182

—

—

—

—

(1,496,875)

(5,481)

—

—

—

—

1.93

1.45

2.41

—

—

—

—

2.37

0.65

RSUs
Outstanding
12,417,473

—

4,390,298

(1,951,289)

(5,253,809)

—

—

9,602,673

—

5,397,681

(1,113,870)

(4,674,873)

—

—

Balance as of June 30, 2019

38,128,994

1,220,826 $

2.47

9,211,611

Share options vested and exercisable as of
June 30, 2019
Share options vested and exercisable as
of June 30, 2018

1,027,372 $

1,983,464 $

2.55

2.50

During fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018 , the Company added 11,807,109 and 11,423,916 Class A ordinary 
shares to the pool of shares available for issuance, respectively, pursuant to an evergreen provision contained in the 
2015 Plan. 

F-55

The weighted-average remaining contractual life for options outstanding as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 was 
3.6 years and 4.1 years, respectively. Options exercisable as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, had a weighted-average 
remaining contractual life of approximately 3.2 years and 3.3 years, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding as of June 30, 2019:

Range of
Exercise Prices
$0.59 - 0.66

$1.14

$1.92 - 2.16

$2.40 - 2.92

$3.18

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number
Outstanding

196,206 $

65,107

17,828

299,613

642,072
1,220,826 $

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

0.63

1.14

2.09

2.47

3.18

2.47

Number
Exercisable

143,346 $

20,868

17,828

299,613

545,717

1,027,372 $

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

0.62

1.14

2.09

2.47

3.18

2.55

5.83

7.07

0.45

0.86

3.81

3.24

The following table summarizes information about share options outstanding as of June 30, 2018

Range of
Exercise Prices
$0.59 - 0.66

$1.14 - 1.59

$1.92 - 2.16

$2.40 - 2.92

$3.18 

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Number
Outstanding

385,963 $
212,391

166,967

740,363

1,217,498
2,723,182 $

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

0.63

1.35

2.06

2.46

3.18

2.41

Number
Exercisable

162,945 $

123,296

166,967

740,363

789,893

1,983,464 $

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Years

0.61

1.50

2.06

2.46

3.18

2.50

6.01

2.07

1.39

1.86

4.75

3.32

All share-based payments are measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized in 
the consolidated statements of operations over the period during which the employee is required to perform services 
in exchange for the award (generally the four-year vesting period of the award).

The weighted-average grant date fair value of the RSUs issued during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019
and 2018 was $83.90 and $41.70 per share, respectively. There were no share options granted during the fiscal year 
ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. 

As  of  June 30,  2019,  the  Group  had  an  aggregate  of  $285.3  million  of  future  period  share-based  payment 
expense related to all equity awards outstanding, net of estimated forfeitures, to be amortized over a weighted-average 
remaining period of 1.4 years.

Restricted stock 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company granted 593,567 shares of restricted stock that were subject to forfeiture. 
The weighted average grant fair value date of these restricted shares was $98.72. There was no grant of restricted 
stock during fiscal year 2018.  As of June 30, 2019 and 2018 , there were 911,367 and 827,871 shares of restricted 
stock outstanding, respectively. These outstanding shares of restricted stock are subject to forfeiture or repurchase at 
the original exercise price during the repurchase period following employee termination, as applicable.

F-56